<PAGE> 1
================================================================================
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
|X| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998
OR
|_| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED) For the transition period
from To
Commission File No. 0-17870
LECHTERS, INC.
------------------------------------------------------
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
NEW JERSEY No. 13-2821526
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION) (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION NO.)
1 Cape May Street, Harrison, New Jersey 07029-2404
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) (ZIP CODE)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (973) 481-1100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Name of each exchange
Title of each class on which registered
None None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, without par value
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES |X| NO |_|
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. |_|
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
As of April 17, 1998 17,174,286 shares of Common Stock were outstanding
and the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant (based upon the closing price on the NASDAQ National Market on that
date) was approximately $75,191,663.
For the purposes of such calculation, all outstanding shares of Common
Stock have been considered held by non-affiliates, other than the 4,375,705
Shares beneficially owned by directors and executive officers of the registrant.
In making such calculation, the registrant does not determine the affiliate or
non-affiliate status of any shares for any other purpose.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Information called for by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) is
incorporated by reference to the registrant's definitive proxy statement in
connection with its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 18, 1998.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward Looking Statements - All statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
including those incorporated herein by reference, that do not reflect historical
information are forward looking statements made in reliance upon the "safe
harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those discussed in such forward looking statements include, but are not limited
to, competition, economic downturns, dependence upon product development,
international business risks and seasonality of business.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 3
Part I
Item 1. Business.
History
Lechters, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, unless the context
otherwise requires, the "Company") was incorporated in New Jersey in July 1975
to operate leased houseware and giftware departments in discount department
stores. Subsequently, Donald Jonas, then Chairman and Albert Lechter, then
President of the Company, recognized an opportunity to operate specialty
houseware stores in malls. In 1977, the repositioning of the Company from a
leased department operator to a specialty store operator was commenced.
The first Lechters Housewares(R) store was opened in Rockaway, New Jersey.
New store development emphasized mall locations but was subsequently expanded to
include strip center and city locations. The concept was distinctly advantaged
in the breadth of its assortment and the convenience of its locations. In 1990,
the Company created the Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) concept as an
additional growth opportunity. The intent of the Famous Brands concept was to
represent housewares manufacturers not otherwise having a retail presence in
outlet malls, a venue experiencing substantial customer traffic and rapid new
center development.
The Company's unit expansion peaked in fiscal year 1992 when 81 new stores
were opened. As of the end of the current fiscal year, the Company owned and
operated 626 stores (465 Lechters Housewares(R) stores, 161 Famous Brands
Housewares Outlet(R)) in 44 states.
The Company is currently repositioning both concepts. While both concepts
feature houseware products, Lechters Housewares(R) is enhancing its franchise as
the country's largest specialty retailer of products for the kitchen. Famous
Brands Housewares Outlet(R) is in the process of transitioning the greater
portion of its assortment to off-price merchandise in an effort to establish the
exceptional value proposition expected in outlet mall locations. The details of
both concepts' operating strategies follow in this report.
The Company operated as a private concern during the period from its
inception to its initial public offering on July 25, 1989. The Company's common
stock is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol LECH.
1
<PAGE> 4
Operating Strategies
A. Merchandising and Marketing
The Company's business is conducted through two retail store divisions,
namely, Lechters Housewares(R) and Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) .
Lechters Housewares(R):
The mission of the Lechters Housewares(R) is to meet its customers needs
for "products for the home at good values" in the following ways:
1. Focus on the kitchen and aggressively pursue the frame, storage and
organization business.
2. Offer trend right, moderate to better merchandise that positions
Lechters as a unique and exciting retailer.
3. Provide a friendly, easy to shop store environment in convenient
locations supported by knowledgeable customer service oriented and
sales focused associates.
4. Build the Company's brand equity through marketing, advertising and
promotional activities.
Lechters Housewares(R) stores are merchandised and marketed to a large
cross section of customers typically found in high-traffic, regional shopping
malls having at least two major department stores as "anchors", with at least
200,000 square feet of retail space for specialty stores. City stores and strip
center stores are also operated under this trade name. The Company believes it
appeals to a broad range of customers, with its primary customer being female
with an average household income of $40,000 - $50,000 per year.
The Lechters Housewares(R) product line is broadly defined as basic
housewares (cookware, bakeware, kitchen gadgets, utensils, small electrics,
household storage and organization) and decorative housewares (table top,
textiles, frames) which accounted for 61% and 39%, respectively, of 1997 sales.
Of the over 4,000 items in the line, 20% accounted for approximately 75% of
current year sales. No individual item accounted for more than 1%.
All products sold by the Company are either private label or national
brand names including but not limited to, Rubbermaid, Durand, Ecko, Farberware,
Henckels, Krups, OXO, Pyrex, Revere and T-Fal. The Company's own brands include
Cooks Club(R) (cookware, gadgets & utensils), Simple Solutions(R) (storage &
organization) and Regent Gallery(R) (frames & accessories). Private label
merchandise accounted for approximately 38% of Fiscal 1997 net sales.
The Lechters Housewares(R) division believes that it has unique strengths
in several areas. Market research indicates that 27% of Lechters' customers
purchase gifts and that gift purchases carry a 25% higher average ticket than
non-gift purchases. The Company has developed specific strategies to appeal to
the gift customer including expanded holiday decorative product offerings, gift
baskets and specific advertising and marketing efforts directed at gift giving
periods like Mother's Day.
2
<PAGE> 5
Lechters is also a leader in seasonal products and the development of new
and fresh products through private label as well as branded products. Lechters
strives to insure that new products, particularly those geared toward specific
seasonal business reflect current color and fashion trends.
National brand merchandise is generally priced at department store and
specialty retailer "sale prices" everyday. The value of these products is
further enhanced by periodic sales and promotional events. In addition, the
Lechters Housewares(R) division offers unique value through its specially
designed private label program. The Company's price advantage reflects its
purchasing power and its unique ability to design proprietary product (design,
quality, and functionality) and secure special savings by importing that product
directly from overseas.
Items generally range in price from $1.00 to $200.00, with most items
selling for less than $10.00. All sales are transacted in cash and through
third-party credit cards, which accounted for approximately 63% and 37%,
respectively, of Fiscal 1997 net sales.
Based upon the success of its 1996 advertising test in selected markets,
the Company expanded its advertising program in 1997. Ten (10) Sunday circulars
were run in 1997 in 8 major markets across the United States. Each circular had
a circulation of over five (5) million copies and impacted approximately 52% of
all Lechters Housewares(R) stores. The 1997 advertising program was successful
and will be continued.
Funding of the Company's advertising expense is supported in part by
cooperative advertising allowances from suppliers. Net advertising expense was
1.8% of Lechters Housewares(R) sales in 1997 as compared to 1.3% in 1996.
The Lechters Housewares(R) business is highly seasonal. As a convenience
concept, the chain benefits from the high concentration of traffic about its
stores during certain times of the year. Sales are highest during the year-end
holiday season, followed by a strong back-to-school business, which commences in
late July. In 1997, November/December and back-to-school sales accounted for
approximately 33% and 18%, respectively, of total year sales.
Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R)
The mission of Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) is to become the leading
retailer of off-price housewares in outlet centers and the preferred retailer
for U.S. housewares manufacturers to liquidate their excess, discontinued, and
slow selling inventory.
The Company believes it can offer its outlet customers extraordinary
savings opportunities as compared to regular priced retailers through its
ability to purchase off-price housewares. This commitment to off-price
merchandise is a new direction based on a strategic assessment of the market and
Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) position in the outlet malls. The outlet
customer is more price driven than the mall customer and requires a fresh
assortment to inspire a purchase decision.
Famous Brands began 1997 with approximately 7% of sales generated by
off-price merchandise. The remainder of the assortment was the same as the
Lechters Housewares(R) assortment with limited reductions in pricing. At the end
of 1997, 32% of sales were generated by
3
<PAGE> 6
off-price merchandise. The expectation is that well over half of all sales in
1998 will come from off-price merchandise.
The assortment of off-price merchandise is broader than the assortment
offered in Lechters Housewares(R). As examples, categories like accent
furniture, lighting and decorative silk flower arrangements as well as expanded
giftware are periodically added as opportunity buys present themselves. Their
broadened category mix contributes to the "treasure hunt" atmosphere that is so
important to the appeal of this business. The Famous Brands stores offer an
assortment of basic Lechters Housewares(R) merchandise to supplement the
constantly changing assortment of off-price purchases. The strategy is supported
by a merchandising team dedicated to Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R).
Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) stores typically have lower occupancy
expenses and leasehold improvement requirements versus stores located in malls,
city locations and strip centers. The lower cost structure supports the lower
price points of the outlet environment.
Given the geographic dispersion of customers who frequent outlet centers,
the marketing strategy to drive the Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) business
will continue to rely primarily on in-store signing, handouts, displays and
participation in mall sponsored promotions. The location of these centers
outside major media markets preclude the use of traditional broadcast or print
media.
The seasonality of the Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) business differs
slightly from that of the Lechters Housewares(R) division. The summer season
represents a greater portion of the annual sales in Famous Brands Housewares
Outlet(R) given the increase in leisure travel and the proximity of outlet
centers to major routes and vacation destinations. The November/December period
represents 27% of the year in Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) versus 33% for
Lechters Housewares(R).
B. Purchasing, Warehousing and Distribution
The Service Office is responsible for virtually all merchandising
decisions to include product selection, sourcing, pricing and in-store display.
Merchandise mix is determined by the Service Office at each store's inception
and is dictated by store size and configuration. All categories of merchandise
are reviewed and edited on a regular basis to accommodate seasonal sales
opportunities and evolving customer requirements.
The Company has two buying staffs, one for each store division. The
Lechters Housewares(R) buying staff is comprised of a Vice President - General
Merchandise Manager, two merchandise managers and four buyers. The Famous Brands
buying staff includes a Vice President - General Merchandise Manager, one
merchandise manager and three buyers.
The buying staffs are supported by a Planning and Allocation staff that
includes a Vice President - Merchandise Replenishment and Logistics, a director
of replenishment, and eight reorder buyers each specializing in certain product
categories.
The Company purchases its products from over 400 suppliers with no
supplier accounting for more than 7% of Fiscal 1997 sales. Approximately 71% of
its products are purchased in the United States which ensures sufficient
flexibility in the management and flow of merchandise. The
4
<PAGE> 7
remaining 29% is proprietary merchandise developed by the Company and imported
directly from overseas. This proprietary merchandise is sourced primarily in the
Far East. The Company believes that there are alternate sources for virtually
all of its products.
Most of the Company's merchandise is shipped directly from manufacturers
to the Company's distribution centers in Harrison, New Jersey and North Las
Vegas, Nevada where it is held until reshipment to the Company's stores. The
Company believes that its ability to buy in bulk directly from manufacturers
enables the Company to obtain lower merchandise costs, favorable trade terms and
a broader selection of products. The Company believes that these facilities are
adequate to satisfy its foreseeable distribution requirements.
The Company generally maintains an average of ten (10) weeks of supply of
Lechters Housewares(R) re-orderable merchandise at the Distribution Center. It
maintains six weeks of supply of off-price merchandise at the Distribution
Center to support Famous Brands.
The Company uses contract carriers to supply its stores with merchandise
from its distribution centers. The Company's stores are supplied with
merchandise within two to five days of shipping an order from the warehouse,
depending upon the store's distance from the distribution centers. On average,
stores are supplied with merchandise on a bi-weekly basis. Shipments are
accelerated during peak sales periods and are more frequent to high volume and
city locations. The ordering process is facilitated by a Computer Assisted
Replenishment (CAR) system.
C. Store Operations
Store Operations' objective is to provide an easy to shop store
environment supported by knowledgeable, customer oriented and sales focused
associates.
The Company's stores are designed to attract traffic through prominent
in-store displays generally organized according to a store planogram provided by
the Service Office. Merchandise is displayed utilizing fixtures designed to
maximize versatility in merchandise mix, minimize space requirements and enable
customers to purchase through self choice and/or be assisted by an associate.
The Company enhances consumer interest by using store front space for seasonal
and promotional presentations which are rotated regularly. In addition, it uses
selected stores as test sites for the introduction of new products, new product
categories and new store designs.
The store's organization is headed by a Senior Vice President and
supported by a Service Office staff. The latter is responsible for the
development of store operations policies and procedures, the design of in-store
programs, store associate training programs, coordination of activities with
other functions residing in the Service Office and general communications.
As of April 1, 1998, the field organization was comprised of four Regional
Vice Presidents and two Regional Managers, each of whom has profit and loss
responsibility for several districts and provides leadership to 40 District
Managers. The District Managers, in turn, are responsible for the day-to-day
operations of the stores. Their supervisory span of control ranges from 8 to 23
stores, averaging approximately 14 stores each. Those Districts Managers at the
high end of the range are supported by Area Managers who are Store Managers with
additional oversight responsibility for 1 to 3 stores. Stores are typically
staffed with a Manager, 2 Assistant Managers and 5 sales/cashier Associates. The
stores schedule their labor from a pool of hourly Associates, the majority of
which are part-time. The number of Associates on hand at any one time is a
function of customer traffic and scheduled store activities, such as training
events and the receipt of merchandise.
5
<PAGE> 8
Recognizing the value of distinct divisional identities, the Company
realigned its field organization in 1996 along divisional lines. Previously,
field management had combined division responsibility which did not afford the
focused attention required of each.
The Company is committed to the in-store development of its Associates. A
training and evaluation program is provided to new Store Managers. Additionally,
the Company has developed a program under which it transfers qualified
Associates to other stores throughout the country to gain the experience
necessary for promotion. All store Associates attend periodic training sessions
designed to develop their management, merchandising and customer service skills.
The Company believes its pay and benefits package is competitive with
retail industry standards. Complemented by the aforementioned training program
and promotional opportunities, it enables the Company to attract and retain a
quality workforce.
The Company believes that the security measures in its stores are strict,
reflecting the cash orientation of the Company's business. The Company employs 7
field Loss Prevention Managers, who are responsible for the review of cash
register transactions and inventory management procedures, in an effort to
control inventory shrinkage. Their periodic reviews are complemented by audit
programs to include District Manager conducted reviews and Service Office
monitoring of store transaction reports. Particular emphasis is placed on stores
with a history of inventory shrinkages in excess of the norm.
D. Real Estate
The Company considers its ability to obtain and retain attractive,
high-traffic store locations to be a critical element of its business and a key
determinant of the Company's future growth and profitability. Lechters
Housewares(R) mall stores are located primarily in high-traffic regional
enclosed projects while strip centers and city stores are located in the premium
project or downtown area as defined by market analysis. Famous Brands Housewares
Outlet(R) stores are located in the dominant outlet projects nationally.
As shown in the following table, the Company operated 465 Lechters
Housewares(R) stores as of year-end. These stores range in size from 1,800 to
10,900 square feet and average approximately 3,700 square feet. The Company's
161 Famous Brands Housewares Outlet(R) stores range in size from 3,000 to 7,500
square feet and average 3,900 square feet.
6
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Lechters Housewares(R) Famous Brands Total
------------------------------------------ ------------- -----
Malls Strips City Sub-Total Outlet
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
February 1, 1997:
Units 424 37 24 485 164 649
Square Feet 1,540,900 140,900 105,300 1,787,100 645,100 2,432,200
1997 Additions:
Units 0 4 0 4 3 7
Square Feet 0 13,400 0 13,400 10,100 23,500
1997 Closings:
Units 21 3 0 24 6 30
Square Feet 75,900 11,800 0 87,700 21,600 109,300
January 31, 1998:
Units 403 38 24 465 161 626
Square Feet 1,465,000 142,500 105,300 1,712,800 633,600 2,346,400(1)
</TABLE>
(1) Approximately 90% of the total store space of the Company's stores
represents selling area. The balance is storage and office space.
The Company's present expansion plan is limited and opportunistic given
its high level of penetration of the better performing malls and outlet centers,
and the need to fully implement new merchandising and promotional strategies. In
the near future it perceives the greater opportunity for new store development
to lie in strip centers. The Company's Fiscal 1998 development plan is to open
approximately 25 new stores.
In determining where and in what format new stores will be opened, the
Company's preference is to backfill existing markets to enhance its marketing
and operations leverage. Specific store development decisions give due
consideration to such factors as market area demographics, competition, center
quality and customer traffic, store location within the center, costs of
development and ongoing occupancy expense. Performance comparables are also
reviewed if available.
The costs of new store development differ by division and further varies
with the size of the store and site conditions. The costs incurred by the
Company to open an average 3,800 square foot store under typical site conditions
are approximately, as shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Inventory,
net of
Leasehold Fixtures Accounts Preopening
Improvement & Equipment Payable Expense
----------- ----------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Lechters Housewares(R)
(Malls) $200,000 $ 64,000 $ 80,000 $ 8,000
Lechters Housewares(R)
(Strip Centers) $145,000 $ 64,000 $ 92,000 $ 6,000
Famous Brands Housewares
Outlet(R) $ 61,000 $ 64,000 $ 80,000 $ 13,000
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 10
The Company actively manages its real estate portfolio to ensure
profitability at the store level. In case of an under-performing store, the
Company will seek reduction in its occupancy expense under its existing lease
agreement, or any agreement extending the term thereof. Where profitability is
unattainable, the Company will exercise its right to terminate its lease
agreement under any volume termination provision or upon expiration of the term.
The Company closed thirty (30) stores in Fiscal Year 1997. In Fiscal Year
1998, the Company plans to close sixty (60) to seventy (70) stores. This
acceleration in closing is partly to improve the quality of the Company's store
locations and partly to redeploy the assets from under-performing locations, the
majority of which are mall based to strip center locations especially in major
markets, wherein the benefits of its advertising programs can be leveraged.
The majority of the Company's leases expire or will be subject to
termination by the Company over the next four (4) years. While the current real
estate environment has improved, the Company does have leverage in the
management of its occupancy expenses and flexibility in store location. The
Company intends to capitalize on this flexibility by seeking shorter terms where
it is an advantage and longer terms where it makes sense to make a longer
commitment.
E. Information Technology
The Company relies heavily on technology in the conduct of its business.
While fully automated, it is continually reevaluating its systems capabilities
to support the current and future needs of the business.
The Company's data resides on a combination of platforms connected in an
open system, client/server environment. Over the next several years, all
production processing will be consolidated on a single platform, the IBM SP2.
This restructuring is intended to take advantage of the increased processing
power inherent in the most current technology and also eliminate the
inefficiency of having to support a more complex and aging hardware
configuration. In 1998 the Company will also complete the upgrade of its local
area network (LAN) in order to service the greater utilization of decision
support applications and electronic communications throughout the organization.
The corporate data center is located within the Company's Service Office
in Harrison, New Jersey. To ensure continuous operations, the Company also
maintains backup system capabilities at a third-party disaster recovery site.
In-store systems consist of IBM 4684 and 4694 Point of Sale registers with
Symbol Technology laser scanners. This technology enables the efficient
processing of customer transactions, daily reporting of basic sales and
transaction information, ordering and receipt of inventories, payroll processing
and E-mail communication with the Service Office. Additionally, field managers
are equipped with laptop computers which facilitate their communication
capabilities and access to essential store, district and region level management
reports.
The Company controls the level and distribution of merchandise in its
distribution centers and stores through the use of an internally developed
replenishment system. While sufficient to meet
8
<PAGE> 11
the historic distribution characteristics of the business, the development of a
more dynamic profile of current and future operations requires a substantially
greater degree of functionality. Accordingly, in September 1997, the Company
committed to the phased implementation of a replacement merchandising system.
The Company expects to complete the installation of JDA's merchandise software
by January 1999.
The Company's distribution centers are internally operated using an
automated warehouse management system which also incorporates radio frequency
laser scanning technology. This system enables the cost efficient handling and
control of inventory in a paperless environment.
In 1997, the Company successfully installed the first phase of a new
financial system. This first phase included the upgrading of basic financial
functions relating to the processing of the business. In 1998, the Company
intends to augment the new system with substantial planning, decision support
and report writing capabilities. This system will be fully integrated with the
aforementioned JDA merchandise system when the latter comes on line.
The Company has aggressively expanded its Electronic Data Interchange
(EDI) capabilities and is currently communicating with 204 of its highest volume
vendors. During 1998, the Company plans to continue to enhance these vendor
partnerships and to integrate EDI technology into additional areas of the
business.
The Company maintains a Website at `www.lechters.com'. The Website was
revamped in 1997 to make for more graphical appeal and ease of navigation. The
site features descriptive Company information, upcoming sales promotions in the
stores and basic investor relations materials. While the Company does not
presently conduct any commerce through the site, it continuously monitors
activity and developments for feasibility in the future.
Competition
The business in which the Company is engaged is highly competitive and
many items sold by the Company are sold by department stores, general
merchandise discount stores, hardware stores, supermarkets and others having
greater financial and other resources than the Company. To a lesser extent, the
Company also competes with mail order companies and other specialty retailers of
home related products. However, the Company believes that it competes favorably
with such retailers because the Company offers a broader assortment of
housewares merchandise than most of its competitors. Furthermore, it's prices
are generally lower than those charged by department stores and are generally
competitive with those charged by general merchandise discount stores.
Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that any or all of the factors listed
above which enable the Company to compete favorably will not be adopted by
companies having greater financial and other resources than the Company.
Trademarks
The Company has registered in the United States Patent and Trademark
Office its service marks "Lechters," "Lechters Home Store," "Lechters
Housewares," "The Kitchen Place" and "Famous Brands Housewares Outlet" for
retail services, and its trademarks "Lechters", "The Kitchen
9
<PAGE> 12
Place", "Regent Gallery", "Cooks Club", "Perfect Bake", and "Simple Solutions"
for certain housewares items.
Associates
On April 1, 1998, the Company employed 6,311 persons, 1,907 of whom were
full-time (30 or more hours per week) and 4,404 of whom were part-time
Associates. Of this total, 483 were located at the Company's Harrison, New
Jersey Service Office and two distribution centers, including 46 as Regional and
District Managers, 7 as Loss Prevention Managers and 44 Associates are located
at the Company's North Las Vegas, Nevada distribution center.
On April 1, 1998, the 188 non-management distribution and office
Associates at the Harrison, New Jersey facility were represented by UNITE, Local
99, under contracts expiring on March 15, 1999 and June 30, 2000, respectively.
The 5,828 Associates in the Company's 621 retail stores are non-union.
The Company has never experienced a strike or other labor disruption and
is unaware of any current efforts or plans to organize its non-union Associates.
The Company believes that its employee relations are satisfactory.
Executive Officers
The following table shows information regarding executive officers of the
Company as of April 20, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Position or Office Term of Employ-
Name Age with the Company ment Commenced
- ---- --- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Donald Jonas 68 Chairman of the Board January 1984
Chief Executive
Officer and President
Robert J. Harloe 53 Senior Vice President August 1994
- Human Resources
Dennis Hickey 50 Senior Vice President January 1991
- Stores
Ira S. Rosenberg 64 Vice President, January 1984
Secretary and
Corporate Counsel
James Shea 52 Senior Vice President November 1994
- Marketing and
Merchandising
</TABLE>
10
<PAGE> 13
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
John W. Smolak 49 Senior Vice President February 1995
and Chief Financial
Officer
William Sullivan 54 Senior Vice President March 1998
- Real Estate
</TABLE>
Donald Jonas has been Chairman of the Board and a Director of the Company
or its former parent since 1979. From 1979 to January 1994 he was also Chief
Executive Officer. Mr. Jonas resumed the position of Chief Executive Officer and
became President in January 1996. He is also a Director of Dress Barn, Inc.
Robert J. Harloe was elected Senior Vice President - Human Resources of
the Company in March 1996. Mr. Harloe became Vice President - Human Resources in
September 1994 after joining the Company in August 1994. Prior to that he was
Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Allied-Lyons Retailing.
Allied-Lyons acquired Dunkin Donuts in 1990, where he was employed for 18 years.
Dennis Hickey was elected Senior Vice President - Stores of the Company in
March 1996. Mr. Hickey became Vice President - Stores in April 1991 after
joining the Company in January 1991. Prior to that he was Vice President of Kay
Bee Toy Stores, a Division of Melville Corp. from August 1990 to January 1991.
From August 1985 to August 1990, Mr. Hickey was Vice President - Store
Operations for Circus World Toy Stores, a Division of Greenman Bros.
Ira S. Rosenberg has been Corporate Counsel of the Company or its former
parent since 1979 and Vice President and Secretary of the Company since 1984.
James Shea was elected Senior Vice President - Marketing and Merchandising
of the Company in December 1994. Prior to joining the Company in November 1994,
Mr. Shea served as Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager, Homestore
with Kaufmann's, a division of the May Department Stores Company, from 1990 to
November 1994. From 1985 through 1990 he was employed by Lechmere, a hardgoods
chain, as Vice President and General Merchandise Manager. Mr. Shea was also Vice
President of Marketing and Merchandising for Eddie Bauer and spent 12 years with
Dayton Department Stores in various merchandising positions.
John W. Smolak was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company in March 1996. Mr. Smolak became Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer in April 1995 after joining the Company in February 1995.
Prior to that he was employed by Jungle Jim's Playlands, Inc., a chain of family
entertainment centers, as Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration. Mr.
Smolak previously held the positions of Vice President, Finance and Chief
Financial Officer for Precision Lenscrafters, Inc. and spent six years with the
Marriott Corporation, in both the Corporate Finance function and as Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer for their Roy Rogers Restaurants division.
11
<PAGE> 14
William R. Sullivan was elected Senior Vice President - Real Estate of the
Company in April 1998. Prior to that he was employed by Compass Retail, Inc., a
division of Equitable Real Estate, from 1990 to 1997 as Executive Vice President
- - Leasing. Mr. Sullivan previously held the position of Senior Vice President of
Leasing for Kravco, Inc. in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, from 1972 to 1990.
Mr. Sullivan started his career in the shopping center business with The Rouse
Company.
Item 2. Properties.
The general offices of the Company are located at 1 Cape May Street,
Harrison, New Jersey. The Company leases approximately 540,000 square feet of
floor space at this location. Approximately 460,000 square feet are being
utilized for the distribution center, and approximately 80,000 square feet for
the Company's service offices. This lease expires on January 31, 2007 and the
Company has three five-year renewal options.
The Company leases approximately 155,000 square foot distribution center
in North Las Vegas, Nevada. Approximately 151,000 square feet are being utilized
for the distribution center, and approximately 4,000 square feet for
administrative offices. Constructed and opened in 1993, the facility is designed
to enable expansion of an additional 100,000 square feet should the need arise.
This lease expires on April 7, 2008 and the Company has four five-year renewal
options.
The Company leases all of its stores. Lease terms for the Company's stores
are generally 10 to 12 years in duration without renewal options or five years
with one or more renewal options and provide for a fixed minimum rental plus a
percentage of sales once the minimum has been satisfied. However, certain stores
are operated under short-term extensions of otherwise expired leases.
For additional information concerning the Company's leases, see the
section of Item 1 entitled Real Estate and Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company included elsewhere herein.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
There is no material litigation currently pending against the Company.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year
covered by this report to a vote of security holders through solicitations of
proxies or otherwise.
Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters.
The Common Stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and is included
in the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers
Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") under the symbol "LECH". The initial
public offering of the Common Stock occurred in July 1989.
12
<PAGE> 15
The following table sets forth (as reported by NASDAQ) for the periods
indicated the closing prices of the Common Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Price of Common Stock
---------------------
Fiscal 1997 High Low
----------- ---- ---
<S> <C> <C>
1st Quarter 4-1/8 3-1/8
2nd Quarter 5-1/8 3-1/4
3rd Quarter 5-7/16 3-1/2
4th Quarter 7-3/8 4-7/8
<CAPTION>
Fiscal 1996 High Low
----------- ---- ---
1st Quarter 8-1/8 4-1/4
2nd Quarter 7-1/4 4-3/8
3rd Quarter 5-3/4 4-1/4
4th Quarter 5-1/4 3-7/8
</TABLE>
These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markups,
markdowns or commissions.
On April 17,1998, there were approximately 809 holders of record of the
Common Stock. On April 17, 1998, the closing price of the Common Stock was
$5.875.
The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does
not presently intend to pay any dividends on the Common Stock for the
foreseeable future. In addition, the Company's Credit Agreement contains certain
covenants which restrict the ability of the Company to pay dividends. See Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
13
<PAGE> 16
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto set
forth elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fifty-Two Fifty-Three Fifty-Two
Weeks Ended Weeks Ended Weeks Ended
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3, January 28, January 29,
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except share, per share and selected perating data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:
Net sales $ 445,310 $ 441,243 $ 432,048 $ 399,264 $ 350,196
Cost of goods sold
(including occupancy
and indirect costs) 325,269 322,110 310,163 282,875 242,833
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Gross profit 120,041 119,133 121,885 116,389 107,363
Selling, general and,
Administrative expenses 115,541 110,848 109,414 93,853 83,669
Restructuring expense -- -- (217) 11,000 --
Provision for
asset impairment 8,746 370 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating (loss) income (4,246) 7,915 12,688 11,536 23,694
Other expenses (1) 1,952 3,372 5,039 5,838 4,991
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
(Loss) Income before
income tax provision (6,198) 4,543 7,649 5,698 18,703
Income tax (benefit)
provision (2,440) 1,200 3,146 2,336 7,623
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net (loss) income (3,758) 3,343 4,503 3,362 11,080
Preferred stock dividend
requirement 1,010 842 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net (loss) income available
to common shareholders $ (4,768) $ 2,501 $ 4,503 $ 3,362 $ 11,080
============ ============ ============ ============ ============
Net (loss) income
per share (2)(3)
Basic $ (0.28) $ 0.15 $ 0.26 $ 0.20 $ 0.66
Diluted $ (0.28) $ 0.15 $ 0.26 $ 0.20 $ 0.65
Weighted average common
shares outstanding (3)(4)
Basic 17,159,000 17,155,000 17,147,000 16,898,000 16,768,000
Diluted 17,159,000 17,155,100 17,154,000 16,989,000 17,095,000
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE> 17
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fifty-Two Fifty-Three Fifty-Two
Weeks Ended Weeks Ended Weeks Ended
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3, January 28, January 29,
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except share, per share and selected operating data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Selected Operating Data:
Stores opened during year 7 16 48 49 61
Stores closed during year 30 9 11 11 7
Stores open at year-end 626 649 642 605 567
Total square feet of store
space (at year-end) (5) 2,346,400 2,432,200 2,405,100 2,228,195 2,048,916
Sales per average square
foot of total space (5)(6) $ 186 $ 182 $ 186 $ 187 $ 185
Percentage increase
(decrease) in comparable
store sales (7) 0.5% (0.2%) (1.6%) 3.2% (1.2%)
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital $ 163,998 $ 151,954 $ 136,113 $ 134,785 $ 134,695
Total assets 277,434 272,333 272,312 270,710 256,812
Long-term debt 60,001 58,853 75,038 77,777 82,859
Shareholders' equity 165,850 170,408 148,642 143,541 136,632
Total debt to total
Capitalization 26.6% 25.7% 34.4% 36.0% 38.6%
</TABLE>
(1) Other expenses includes interest expense net of interest income, gains
realized on the sale of government securities and investment income,
primarily dividends, from marketable securities.
(2) Net (loss) income per share for Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996 was calculated
on net (loss) income less the preferred stock dividends requirement.
(3) All share and per share amounts included herewith have been adjusted to
give effect to the 2-for-1 stock split in April 1992. The Company has
never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock.
(4) Outstanding shares for the calculation of "basic" net (loss) income per
share is the weighted average of outstanding shares calculated on a daily
basis. Outstanding shares for "diluted" net (loss) income per share
includes incremental shares for the Company's incentive stock option plan.
The incremental shares represent the average of incremental shares
included in the calculation of net (loss) income per share for each
quarter.
(5) Approximately 90% of total store space represents selling area. The
balance is storage and office space.
(6) Average square feet of total store space represents the average of square
feet of total store space at the beginning and end of each fiscal year.
Sales per average square foot of total store space is the result of
dividing net sales for the year by average square feet of total store
space. These amounts are not adjusted to reflect the seasonal nature of
the Company's sales or the impact of opening stores in different periods
during the year.
(7) Comparable store sales data are calculated based on each store's time in
operation during the prior year (even if such store began operations in
the prior year) compared with its corresponding time in operation during
the current year. Comparable store sales for Fiscal 1996 and 1995 are
reported on a 52-week basis. Comparable store sales for 1997 exclude sales
of stores to be closed starting 90 days prior to closing.
15
<PAGE> 18
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.
Results of Operations
Fiscal 1997 in Comparison with Fiscal 1996
Net sales for Fiscal 1997, the fifty-two week period ended January 31,
1998, increased $4,067,000 to $445,310,000, a 0.9% increase over Fiscal 1996,
the fifty-two week period ended February 1, 1997. The increase in sales reflects
a 0.5% increase in same store sales, offset in part by a net reduction in store
count of 23 (7 openings, 30 closings). At the close of the fiscal year the
Company operated 626 stores compared with 649 stores at the close of Fiscal
1996.
Gross profit for Fiscal 1997 was $120,041,000, a $908,000 increase over
the prior fiscal year. The gross profit rate of 27.0% as a percent of sales
equaled the rate for Fiscal 1996. Favorable shrinkage performance and a
favorable merchandise mix in Lechters Housewares were offset by additional price
reductions, the transition in progress to lower margin off-price merchandise in
Famous Brands and the under-absorption of higher occupancy costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4,693,000 to
$115,541,000. The expense rate of 25.9% was 80 basis points above the rate for
Fiscal 1996. The additional expense reflects the costs of the Company's expanded
advertising program, an increase in Service Office payroll to support staffing
of the Famous Brands off-price merchandise strategy and new concept development
initiative, added investment in information technology and costs relating to the
closing of 30 stores.
The Company recorded a non-cash provision for asset impairment of
$8,746,000 during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1997. This charge to operating
income relates primarily to the write-down of under-performing store long-lived
assets in accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of." The provision reflects the impairment of under-performing
properties, some of which will be closed in Fiscal 1998.
Other expenses for Fiscal 1997 were $1,952,000, a decrease of $1,420,000
from Fiscal 1996. At 0.4% of sales, other expenses were 40 basis points below
the prior fiscal year rate. Interest expense declined $378,000 primarily as a
result of the early retirement of the Senior Notes Payable in Fiscal 1996.
Interest income increased $684,000 and investment gains/income increased
$358,000 reflecting the higher levels of invested cash and marketable securities
and favorable market rates.
Income taxes for Fiscal 1997 were at an effective rate of 39.4% which was
comparable to the Company's historical income tax rate except for Fiscal 1996
which had an effective rate of 26.4% related to the reversal of residual
estimated liabilities for prior years. The income tax provision for Fiscal 1997
is a "benefit" due to the reported loss for the fiscal year.
16
<PAGE> 19
The net loss for Fiscal 1997 was $3,758,000 compared to a net income for
Fiscal 1996 of $3,343,000. The loss was primarily the result of the
aforementioned provision for asset impairment.
Fiscal 1996 in Comparison with Fiscal 1995
Net sales for Fiscal 1996, the 52 week period ended February 1, 1997,
increased $9,195,000 to $441,243,000, a 2.1% increase over Fiscal 1995, the 53
week period ended February 3, 1996, primarily as a result of the addition of
seven stores and the impact of the introduction of the Company's advertising
program. For Fiscal 1995, the Company adopted the National Retail Federation's
reporting calendar which resulted in the additional week. On a comparable 52
week basis for both fiscal years, sales increased 3.5% and comparable store
sales decreased 0.2%. At the close of the fiscal year, the Company operated 649
stores compared to 642 stores at close of the previous fiscal year, a net
increase of seven stores or 1.1%. Total retail space increased approximately
27,000 square feet to 2,432,200 at February 1, 1997.
Gross profit for Fiscal 1996 was $119,133,000, a $2,752,000 decrease from
Fiscal 1995. The resulting gross profit rate of 27.0% was 120 basis points below
that of Fiscal 1995. Gross profit was favorably impacted by an increase of
higher margin merchandise from both foreign and domestic sources. However,
promotional pricing associated with the Company's advertising programs and a
highly competitive retail market place produced price reductions in excess of
last year. Additionally, while inventory shrinkage was at the Company's
historical average, it deteriorated from the exceptional performance of the
prior year. Finally, rent and other occupancy costs were underabsorbed due to
the decline in comparable store sales.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1,434,000 to
$110,848,000. The expense rate of 25.1% of net sales was 20 basis points below
the rate of Fiscal 1995. While expenses increased due to the net addition of
seven stores and the implementation of the Company's advertising programs,
savings were achieved in variable expenses such as benefits and Service Office
payroll, one less week of operations expense, and the absence of significant
contingent liability provisions as were required last year. The Company
recorded a $370,000 provision for asset impairment during Fiscal 1996.
Other expenses decreased $1,667,000 to $3,372,000, 0.8% of net sales.
Interest expense decreased $1,917,000 as the early retirement of the outstanding
$20,250,000 of Senior Notes Payable reduced interest expense by $1,787,000 for
the year. Interest income of $1,650,000 was $205,000 lower than last year as the
balance of marketable securities was lower for most of the year compared with
Fiscal 1995.
Income taxes for Fiscal 1996 were provided at an effective rate of 26.4%
compared with 41.1% for Fiscal 1995. The 1996 tax provision rate was reduced due
to the reversal of residual estimated liabilities for prior years.
Year 2000 Compliance
The Company is actively addressing the year 2000 issue. All systems have
been reviewed for compliance and where necessary program modifications made.
Alternatively, where also warranted by business functionality requirements,
certain legacy systems have or will be replaced with new software certified to
be year 2000 compliant. Furthermore, the Company has solicited the
17
<PAGE> 20
commitment of its key vendors and service providers to ensure their systems are
capable of operating in the future and hence compatible to the extent necessary.
The Company does not expect its costs of compliance to be exceptional in
light of its current plan to otherwise upgrade the capabilities of its existing
systems.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The combined balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
at January 31, 1998 as shown on the Consolidated Balance Sheet totaled
$91,142,000, an increase of $30,036,000 over the combined balances of
$61,106,000 at February 1, 1997. As depicted on the Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows, the increase in cash and cash equivalents was $9,373,000 for the
fifty-two week period ended January 31, 1998 compared with a $2,788,000 increase
for Fiscal 1996.
Cash flows from operating activities consist primarily of net (loss)
income adjusted for certain non-cash charges such as depreciation and
amortization, deferred taxes, loss on disposal of fixed assets and the provision
for asset impairment. Operating activities also include changes in operating
assets which include accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities and other items. Net cash provided by operating activities for
Fiscal 1997 was $38,251,000 compared to $28,604,000 for Fiscal 1996. For Fiscal
1997 there was a net loss of $3,758,000 which reduced cash. Significant offsets
to the net loss which provided cash were depreciation and amortization of
$17,298,000, the aforementioned impairment provision of $8,746,000 and an
increase in accounts payable, accrued salaries, wages and other accrued expenses
of $11,556,000 related to improved management of accounts payable with respect
to the timing of the deduction of vendor allowances. The most significant
operating activity reducing cash flow was the decrease in deferred taxes which
is related to the asset impairment provision which will be deductible for tax
purposes in subsequent fiscal years.
With respect to investing activities, in addition to the increase in
marketable securities of $20,471,000, capital expenditures were $7,494,000
compared to $8,474,000 for Fiscal 1996. Capital expenditures were principally
for the construction of and fixtures for new and remodeled stores opened in
Fiscal 1997. Other capital expenditures for Fiscal 1997 included significant
amounts for computer hardware and software expenditures related to systems
infra-structure enhancements.
Planned capital expenditures for Fiscal 1998 are estimated at $15,000,000
- - $16,000,000 primarily for new stores, renovations, remodels and information
system enhancements.
With respect to the Company's line of credit, on March 26, 1998, the
Company entered a new $40,000,000 Credit Agreement to replace the existing
credit facility which was to expire on May 22, 1998. The new facility consists
of a $20,000,000 line of credit for direct borrowings and a $20,000,000 line for
issuance of Letters of Credit. The new Credit Agreement provides the Company
with continued high levels of liquidity and financial flexibility.
The term of the new agreement is for three years, with the Letter of
Credit component renewable annually during that period. As of the end of Fiscal
1997, January 31, 1998, there were no outstanding borrowings under the then
existing Credit Agreement. At January 31, 1998 and
18
<PAGE> 21
February 1, 1997 the Company was liable for outstanding Letters of Credit in the
amount of approximately $8,299,000 and $9,219,000, respectively.
Inflation
The economy's experienced low inflation, in conjunction with increased
competition, has severely restricted pricing opportunities within the housewares
segment. In fact, certain lines of merchandise considered commodity in nature
have experienced price deflation over the last several years. The result has
been adverse pressure on the Company's gross margin and inability to check
further profit erosion given the concurrent rise in selling, general and
administrative expenses. The Company has responded to the situation by
increasing the penetration of its private label program and non-commodity
assortment of merchandise, introducing higher price point items to the line and
taking selective price increases where the market allows. Additionally, the
Company has in place an aggressive program to reduce its cost of operations and
financing.
Seasonality
The Company's business is highly seasonal. The Company benefits from the
higher concentration of traffic in its stores during certain times of the year,
especially the July to September "back-to-school" period and the holiday selling
seasons of November and December. In addition, the Company expects that its
quarterly results of operations will fluctuate depending on the timing and
amount of revenue contributed by new stores and the timing of costs associated
with the opening of new stores. The Company's current strategy is to open
substantially all of its new stores in the first three quarters of the fiscal
year in order to minimize business disruptions during the heavy selling season
in the last quarter of the fiscal year. See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere herein.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income."
This statement effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,1997,
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components.
Also in June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS
No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."
This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997. The statement requires that public
enterprises report certain information about operating segments in complete sets
of financial statements of an enterprise and in condensed financial statements
of interim periods issued to shareholders. It also requires that public
enterprises report certain information about their products and services,
geographic areas in which they operate and major customers.
In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits."
This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
The statement standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other
post retirement plans to the extent practicable.
19
<PAGE> 22
The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 130, No. 131 and No. 132 in
Fiscal 1998 and the Company's consolidated financial statements will reflect the
appropriate disclosures.
Part III
The information called for by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) is
incorporated by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement in
connection with its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held June 18, 1998.
Part IV
Item 14. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.
(a) 1. Financial Statements. See the Index immediately following the
signature page.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
None.
(c) Exhibits.
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 File No. 33-29465 (the "Registration
Statement")).
3.2 By-laws of the Company (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
3.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 File No.
33-40372).
4.1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 5, 1996.
(Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 1997.)
4.2 Indenture, dated as of September 27, 1991, between the Company and
Chemical Bank, as Trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 25,
1992.)
10.1 1989 Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement pursuant to 1989 Stock
Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
the Registration Statement).
10.2 Revolving Credit Agreement dated March 26, 1998. *
10.3 Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement).
10.4 Amendment No. 1 to Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated June 16,
1989. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.2 to
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement).
20
<PAGE> 23
10.5 Amendment No. 2 to Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated August 15,
1989. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 26, 1991).
10.6 Amendment No. 3 to Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated June 15,
1995. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q
for the period ended July 29, 1995).
10.7 Amendment No. 4 to Deferred Compensation Agreement between the
Company and Donald Jonas dated April 8, 1996. (Incorporated herein
by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended February 3, 1996).
10.8 Form of Consulting Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Registration Statement).
10.9 Forms of Amendment of Consulting Agreement (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.9.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement).
10.10 Agreement between the Company and Local 99, UNITE to a collective
bargaining agreement covering warehouse employees dated March 16,
1996. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 1997).
10.11 Lease for Distribution Center space (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K,
dated January 2, 1992).
10.12 Lease for Distribution Center space. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company's Form 10-Q, for the period
ended July 25, 1992).
10.13 Agreement dated March 27, 1998 between the Company and Local 99,
UNITE, covering office employees for a term from July 1, 1997 to
June 30, 2000. *
10.14 Memoranda of Agreement dated March 27, 1998 between the Company and
Local 99, UNITE, amending, respectively, Agreement dated March 16,
1996 covering warehouse employees and Agreement dated March 27, 1998
covering office employees. *
21 Subsidiaries of the Company. (Incorporated herein by reference to
the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February
3, 1996).
23 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*
*Filed herewith.
21
<PAGE> 24
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
LECHTERS, INC.
(Registrant)
By: Donald Jonas
---------------------
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer
and President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed on April 27, 1998 by the following persons in their
respective capacities set forth opposite their names, which includes its
principal executive officer, its principal financial and accounting officer and
a majority of the board of directors.
Signature Title
--------- -----
DONALD JONAS Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
- ------------------------------- Officer, and President and Director
(Donald Jonas) (Principal Executive Officer)
JOHN W. SMOLAK Senior Vice President (Principal Financial
- ------------------------------- Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
(John W. Smolak)
MARTIN BEGUN Director
- -------------------------------
(Martin Begun)
CHARLES A. DAVIS Director
- -------------------------------
(Charles A. Davis)
BERNARD D. FISCHMAN Director
- -------------------------------
(Bernard D. Fischman)
ROBERT KNOX Director
- -------------------------------
(Robert Knox)
ALBERT LECHTER Director
- -------------------------------
(Albert Lechter)
ANTHONY MALKIN Director
- -------------------------------
(Anthony Malkin)
ROBERTA MANEKER Director
- -------------------------------
(Roberta Maneker)
22
<PAGE> 25
NORMAN MATTHEWS Director
- -------------------------------
(Norman Matthews)
LEONARD PFEFFER Director
- -------------------------------
(Leonard Pfeffer)
JOHN WOLFF Director
- -------------------------------
(John Wolff)
STEVE WESTERFIELD Director
- -------------------------------
(Steve Westerfield)
23
<PAGE> 26
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT F-1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT F-2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1998
Consolidated Balance Sheets F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-5
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 - F-21
<PAGE> 27
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT
To the Shareholders of Lechters, Inc.:
We have prepared Lechters, Inc. consolidated financial statements, including the
notes and other financial information appearing in this Annual Report on Form
10-K, and are responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the accompanying
financial statements and related information. In order to fulfill this
responsibility, policies have been established that require each system of
internal accounting control provide reasonable assurance, giving due regard to
the cost of implementing and maintaining the system, that transactions are
executed in accordance with management's intention and authorization, that
accounting books and records are prepared and maintained so as to permit the
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that accountability for assets, liabilities and
equity is maintained.
Compliance with these policies is verified, and the continuing adequacy of
accounting policies and procedures is evaluated. In addition, Lechters, Inc.'s
independent auditors obtain and maintain an understanding of the accounting and
administrative controls in place and, based on tests of those controls and of
accounting records, render an opinion on the fairness of presentation of the
financial statements. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of
non-management Board members, and management representatives, meet periodically
with the independent auditors to receive their reports and direct compliance
with their recommendations.
Further, we recognize our responsibility to conduct Lechters' business in
accordance with high moral and ethical standards. Policies have been established
and review programs are maintained to ensure that all business activities are in
compliance with these standards.
Donald Jonas
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
John W. Smolak
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
F-1
<PAGE> 28
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Lechters, Inc.
Harrison, New Jersey
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lechters, Inc.
and subsidiaries (collectively the "Company") as of January 31, 1998 and
February 1, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ending January 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 31, 1998
and February 1, 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 1998 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
March 18, 1998
F-2
<PAGE> 29
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
January 31, February 1,
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 16,395 $ 7,022
Marketable securities (Note 9) 74,747 54,084
Accounts receivable 5,084 5,561
Merchandise inventories 99,034 100,442
Prepaid expenses 2,145 5,734
--------- ---------
Total current assets 197,405 172,843
--------- ---------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Fixtures and equipment 58,841 66,828
Leasehold improvements 94,556 102,912
--------- ---------
153,397 169,740
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 79,891 74,356
--------- ---------
Net property and equipment 73,506 95,384
--------- ---------
OTHER ASSETS 6,523 4,106
--------- ---------
TOTAL ASSETS $ 277,434 $ 272,333
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable $ 10,127 $ 3,264
Dividends payable-preferred stock 1,010 1,010
Salaries, wages and other accrued expenses 18,102 13,318
Taxes, other than income taxes 1,227 1,318
Income taxes payable (Note 6) 2,941 1,979
Current portion long-term debt (Note 4) -- --
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities 33,407 20,889
LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT PORTION (Note 4) 60,001 58,853
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 6) 11,456 16,454
OTHER LIABILITIES 6,720 5,729
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 2, 3, 7 and 8)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 3):
Convertible preferred stock, $100 par value
authorized 1,000,000 shares,
Issued and outstanding Series A - 149,999 shares and
Series B - 50,001 shares 20,000 20,000
Common stock, no par value,authorized 50,000,000 shares,
issued and outstanding 17,174,286 and 17,155,086, respectively 58 58
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available for sale securities
(Note 9) 84 (29)
Additional paid-in capital 62,370 62,273
Retained earnings 83,338 88,106
--------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity 165,850 170,408
--------- ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 277,434 $ 272,333
========= =========
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 30
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fifty-Two Fifty-Two Fifty-Three
Weeks Ended Weeks Ended Weeks Ended
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES $ 445,310 $ 441,243 $ 432,048
COST OF GOODS SOLD (including occupancy
and indirect costs) 325,269 322,110 310,163
------------ ------------ ------------
GROSS PROFIT 120,041 119,133 121,885
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES (Notes 7 and 8) 115,541 110,848 109,414
PROVISION FOR ASSET IMPAIRMENT 8,746 370 --
RESTRUCTURING EXPENSE (Note 2) -- -- (217)
------------ ------------ ------------
OPERATING (LOSS)/ INCOME (4,246) 7,915 12,688
OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME):
Interest Expense 4,625 5,003 6,920
Interest Income (2,334) (1,650) (1,855)
Net Investment (Gain/Income) Loss
(Note 9) (339) 19 (26)
------------ ------------ ------------
1,952 3,372 5,039
------------ ------------ ------------
(LOSS)/ INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION (6,198) 4,543 7,649
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) PROVISION (Note 6) (2,440) 1,200 3,146
------------ ------------ ------------
NET (LOSS)/ INCOME (3,758) 3,343 4,503
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirement 1,010 842 --
------------ ------------ ------------
Net (Loss)/ Income Available to Common
Shareholders $ (4,768) $ 2,501 $ 4,503
============ ============ ============
NET (LOSS)/ INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
Basic $ (0.28) $ 0.15 $ 0.26
============ ============ ============
Diluted $ (0.28) $ 0.15 $ 0.26
============ ============ ============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
Basic 17,159,000 17,155,000 17,147,000
============ ============ ============
Diluted 17,159,000 17,155,100 17,154,000
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-4
<PAGE> 31
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fifty-Two Fifty-Two Fifty-Three
Weeks Ended Weeks Ended Weeks Ended
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income $ (3,758) $ 3,343 $ 4,503
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)/income
to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Provision for asset impairment 8,746 370 --
Restructuring expense -- -- (217)
Depreciation and amortization 17,298 17,113 16,056
Loss on disposal of property and equipment 1,702 1,067 954
Deferred income taxes (4,998) (894) 3,227
Deferred rent 968 1,160 1,020
Other 265 927 1,442
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
net of effects of restructuring:
Decrease in accounts receivable 477 12 1,095
Decrease (Increase) in merchandise inventories 1,408 9,456 (12,575)
Decrease (Increase) in prepaid expenses 3,589 (215) (918)
Decrease (Increase) in other assets 36 128 (51)
Increase (Decrease) in accounts payable,
accrued salaries, wages and other accrued
expenses and taxes, other than income taxes 11,556 (5,089) (5,201)
Increase (Decrease) in income taxes payable 962 1,226 (2)
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 38,251 28,604 9,333
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures (7,494) (8,474) (22,626)
(Increase) Decrease in marketable securities (20,471) (16,592) 6,153
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities (27,965) (25,066) (16,473)
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Issuance of convertible preferred stock -- 20,000 --
Expenses of issuance of convertible
preferred stock -- (500) --
Repayment of long-term debt -- (20,250) (3,750)
Exercise of stock options 97 -- 350
Payment of preferred stock dividends (1,010) -- --
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in financing activities (913) (750) (3,400)
------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS 9,373 2,788 (10,540)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING
OF YEAR 7,022 4,234 14,774
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $ 16,395 $ 7,022 $ 4,234
============ ============ ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available
for sale securities $ 142 $ (50) $ 64
============ ============ ============
Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:
Interest $ 2,073 $ 4,616 $ 6,031
============ ============ ============
Income taxes $ 3,406 $ 920 $ (820)
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 32
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Convertible
Common Preferred
Stock Issued Stock Issued
------------ ------------ Unrealized
Additional Holding
Paid-In Retained Gain
Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Earnings (Loss) Total
------ ------ ------ ------ ------- -------- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 28, 1995 17,118,646 $ 58 -- $ -- $ 62,423 $ 81,270 $ (210) $ 143,541
Unrealized gain (loss)
adjustment -- -- -- -- -- -- 248 248
Exercise of stock
options 36,440 -- -- -- 350 -- -- 350
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 4,503 -- 4,503
---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 3, 1996 17,155,086 58 -- -- 62,773 85,773 38 148,642
Unrealized gain (loss)
adjustment -- -- -- -- -- -- (67) (67)
Issuance of convertible
preferred stock
net of issuance expenses -- -- 200,000 20,000 (500) -- -- 19,500
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 3,343 -- 3,343
Declaration of dividend on
convertible preferred stock -- -- -- -- -- (1,010) -- (1,010)
---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 1, 1997 17,155,086 58 200,000 20,000 62,273 88,106 (29) 170,408
Unrealized gain (loss)
adjustment -- -- -- -- -- -- 113 113
Exercise of stock options 19,200 97 -- 97
Net loss -- -- -- -- -- (3,758) -- (3,758)
Declaration of dividend on
convertible preferred stock -- -- -- -- -- (1,010) -- (1,010)
---------- ---------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BALANCE, JANUARY 31, 1998 17,174,286 $ 58 200,000 $ 20,000 $ 62,370 $ 83,338 $ 84 $ 165,850
========== ========== ======= ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 33
LECHTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE THREE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a) Business - Lechters, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively,
the "Company") is a specialty retailer of primarily brand-name basic
housewares and decorative housewares. As of January 31, 1998, the
Company operated 626 stores in 44 states.
Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Lechters, Inc. and its wholly owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
b) References to Fiscal 1997, Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995 mean
the fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to the end of
January. Fiscal year 1997 and Fiscal 1996 were comprised of 52
weeks. Fiscal year 1995 was comprised of 53 weeks.
c) Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities - The Company
considers cash on hand in stores, deposits in banks and all highly
liquid debt instruments, with original maturities of 90 days or less
when purchased, as cash and cash equivalents. Marketable securities
are cash investments, primarily U.S. Government securities, with
original maturities exceeding 90 days at time of purchase.
The Company classifies marketable securities as "Available for
Sale" which are carried at fair value, with any unrealized gains and
losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component
of shareholders' equity, net-of-taxes. (See Note 9.)
d) Merchandise Inventories - Merchandise inventories are stated
on the following methods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------
January 31, February 1,
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Lower of cost
(first-in, first-out)
or market as
determined by the
retail inventory
method (stores) $69,167,000 $ 73,993,000
Lower of cost (first-in,
first-out) or market
(distribution centers) 29,867,000 26,449,000
----------- ------------
$99,034,000 $100,442,000
=========== ============
</TABLE>
F-7
<PAGE> 34
The Company includes as inventoriable costs, certain indirect
costs, principally purchasing, warehousing and distribution costs,
which are necessary to bring inventory to the point of sale. At
January 31, 1998 total indirect costs included as part of inventory
were approximately $8,500,000. At February 1, 1997, indirect costs
included as part of inventory were approximately $8,750,000.
e) Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at
cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally by the
straight-line method by charges to earnings in amounts sufficient to
write-off the cost of depreciable assets over their estimated lives,
or where applicable, the terms of the respective leases, whichever
is shorter. During Fiscal 1997, the Company as required by Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 121 "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of " recorded a $8,746,000 provision for the impairment of
long lived assets located in stores. In Fiscal 1996 the impairment
provision was $370,000.
f) Pre-opening Costs - Pre-opening costs are capitalized and
amortized over a period of 12 months from the date operations
commence.
g) Income Taxes - The Company uses the asset and liability method
for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. A valuation
allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred tax
assets to their estimated realizable amounts. (See Note 6.)
h) Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - In February 1997, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128 "Earnings per Share", which
amended the manner in which net (loss) income per share is
calculated and presented on financial statements. In accordance with
SFAS No. 128, "basic" net (loss) income per share data were computed
by dividing net (loss) income less the dividend requirements for the
Convertible Preferred Stock by the weighted average of common shares
outstanding during each period presented. For the computation of
"diluted" earnings per share, potential shares of common stock
related to the Company's 1989 Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock
Option Plan were excluded from the Fiscal 1997 computation since
they would have reduced the loss per common share. With respect to
the Company's 5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures issued in
September 1991, the assumed conversion of these securities would
have had an anti-dilutive effect on the net (loss) income per share
data presented for Fiscal 1997, Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995. With
respect to the Company's 5.05% Convertible Preferred Stock issued in
April 1996, the assumed conversion of the preferred stock would have
had an anti-dilutive effect on the net (loss) income data presented
for Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996.
F-8
<PAGE> 35
The number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net
(loss) income per share was determined as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Basic:
Weighted average common
shares outstanding 17,159,000 17,155,000 17,147,000
========== ========== ==========
Diluted:
Weighted average common
shares outstanding 17,159,000 17,155,000 17,147,000
Common share equivalents -- 100 7,000
---------- ---------- ----------
17,159,000 17,155,100 17,154,000
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
i) Fair Value of Financial Instruments - SFAS No. 107,
"Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires
disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments, both assets
and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company, for which it is practicable to
estimate fair value. The estimated fair values of financial
instruments which, are presented herein have been determined by the
Company using available market information and appropriate valuation
methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in
interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value.
Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily
indicative of amounts the Company could realize in a current market
exchange.
The fair value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their carrying
values at January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, due to the short
term maturities of these investments. The fair value of the
Company's long-term debt at January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997
was $53,300,000 and $41,762,500 respectively. The carrying value of
long-term debt at January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997 was
$60,001,000 and $58,853,000, respectively. The fair value of the
Company's long-term debt is based on market prices or dealer quotes
(for publicly traded debentures).
j) Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In June 1997, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 130, - " Reporting Comprehensive Income." This
statement effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15,1997, establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components.
F-9
<PAGE> 36
Also in June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued SFAS No. 131, " Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information." This statement is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. The statement requires that public enterprises report certain
information about operating segments in complete sets of financial
statements of an enterprise and in condensed financial statements of
interim periods issued to shareholders. It also requires that public
enterprises report certain information about their products and
services, geographic areas in which they operate and major
customers.
In February 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pension and Other
Post Retirement Benefits." This statement is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. The statement standardizes
the disclosure requirements for pension and other post retirement
plans to the extent practicable.
The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 130, No. 131 and No.
132 in Fiscal 1998 and the Company's consolidated financial
statements will reflect the appropriate disclosures.
k) Use of Estimates - The Company utilizes estimates and
assumptions in the preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and
assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements. The estimates and assumptions also affect
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
l) Reclassifications - Certain reclassifications have been made
to the financial statements of prior years to conform with the
classifications used for Fiscal 1997.
2. RESTRUCTURING CHARGE
During the second quarter of Fiscal 1994, the Company recorded a
pretax restructuring charge of $11,000,000 (approximately $6,500,000 after
tax, or $0.38 per share) related to its plan to close 10 unprofitable
stores and discontinue various unprofitable merchandise lines. The plan
called for the termination of the employment of approximately 19
associates from store operations, the service office and distribution
centers. This restructuring was completed in Fiscal 1995 and excess
reserves of $217,000 were credited to operating income in Fiscal 1995.
F-10
<PAGE> 37
3. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
a) Convertible Preferred Stock - On April 5, 1996, the Company
issued 149,999 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $100
par value ("Series A Preferred Stock") and 50,001 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock, $100 par value ("Series B Preferred
Stock") at par value. Said shares of Convertible Preferred Stock
were sold to Prudential Private Equity Investors III, L.P. for
$20,000,000. Expenses of the private placement were charged to
Additional Paid-in Capital. Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock are convertible to Common Stock at a conversion
price of $6.25 per share. The Company may at any time require the
conversion of all of the outstanding Series A Preferred and all of
the outstanding Series B Preferred into shares of Commmon Stock if
the closing price of the Common Stock based on trading in the NASDAQ
National Market, or such other stock market on which the Common
Stock is then traded, as reported in the Wall Street Journal
averages not less than $15.625 over the 60 trading days ending on
the date immediately preceding the date of the Company's election to
cause such mandatory conversion. The Company must convert all of the
outstanding shares of both the Series A Preferred and Series B
Preferred simultaneously. Any such mandatory conversion shall only
be effected upon written notice delivered to all holders of Series A
Preferred and Series B Preferred within 10 days following the date
on which the Company elects to cause such conversion.
Series A Preferred Stock is convertible to 2,399,984 shares of
common stock and has voting rights equivalent to that number of
common shares. Series B Preferred Stock is convertible to 800,016 of
shares of common stock but has no voting rights. Both Series A
Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock receive a dividend of
5.05% payable annually.
Robert Knox, a Director of the Company, is Senior Managing
Director of Cornerstone Equity Investors, LLC, the investment
manager for Prudential Private Equity Investors III, L.P.
b) Stock Options - In October 1995, SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," was issued and is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 1995. As
permitted by this statement, the Company will continue to measure
compensation cost for stock option plans in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting For Stock
Issued to Employees." Accordingly, no compensation cost has been
recognized for the Company's stock option plan.
If compensation cost for stock options had been determined
based on fair values at the grant dates, net income available to
common shareholders and net income per share would have been reduced
to the pro forma amounts below, for the fiscal years ended January
31, 1998, February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.
F-11
<PAGE> 38
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net (loss) income available to common
Shareholders:
As reported ($4,768,000) $2,501,000 $ 4,503,000
Pro-forma ($5,133,000) $2,079,000 $ 4,478,000
Net (loss) income per share:
As reported $ (0.28) $ 0.15 $ 0.26
Pro-forma $ (0.31) $ 0.12 $ 0.26
</TABLE>
The pro forma effect of applying FAS No. 123 is not necessarily
indicative of the effect on reported net income for future years.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following
assumptions were used during the respective years to estimate the fair
value of options granted:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Dividend yield 0% 0% 0%
Expected volatility 64% 68% 51%
Risk-free interest rate 6.2% 6.3% 6.0%
Expected life of options 6 years 6 years 6 years
</TABLE>
In June 1989, the Company granted to a consultant a non-qualified
option to purchase 120,302 shares of the Company's common stock at a price
of $6.65 per share, which reflected the fair market value on the date of
grant. The consultant's option is exercisable in annual installments over
a period of four years and terminates on the tenth anniversary of the date
of each installment.
Options granted under the Company's 1989 Incentive Stock Option Plan
are granted at market value on the date of grant and are exercisable at a
rate of 20% per year over a five-year period commencing with the date of
grant and expire in 10 years.
F-12
<PAGE> 39
Changes in stock options granted under the 1989 Incentive
Stock Option Plan were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal 1997 Fiscal 1996 Fiscal 1995
------------------------ -------------------------- ------------------------
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price
------ -------------- ------ -------------- ------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Beginning Balance 1,109,320 $ 5.36 940,320 $ 5.80 908,620 $ 13.51
Granted 505,500 4.87 283,990 5.12 1,135,650 8.04
Exercised (19,200) 5.02 -- -- (36,440) 9.62
Canceled (170,710) 4.97 (114,990) 8.34 (1,067,510) 14.62
--------- --------- ----------
Ending balance 1,424,910 $ 5.28 1,109,320 $ 5.36 940,320 $ 5.80
========= ========== ========= ========= ========== ===========
Reserved for future grant
at year-end 70,800 405,590 574,590
Exercisable 383,446 $ 5.91 213,730 $ 6.60 136,560 $ 9.48
Weighted average fair
value of options
granted during the
year $ 3.15 $ 3.41 $ 4.50
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE> 40
The following table summarizes information concerning stock options
granted under the 1989 Incentive Stock Options Plan which were outstanding at
January 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
Weighted Average Number
Outstanding at Remaining Weighted Exercisable at Weighted
Number Range of January 31, Contractual Average January 31, Average
Exercise Prices 1998 Life in Years Exercise Price 1998 Exercise Price
- --------------- -------------- --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.625 to $5.00 723,140 8.3 $ 4.86 209,156 $ 5.00
5.01 to 8.50 668,720 8.7 5.38 141,920 6.19
10.00 to 14.50 32,550 1.8 10.47 31,870 10.40
20.50 500 4.5 20.50 500 20.50
--------- -------
$3.625 to $20.50 1,424,910 383,446
========= =======
</TABLE>
4. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt outstanding is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
----------------------------
January 31, February 1,
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Convertible Subordinated Debentures,
5% due 2001 (a) $60,001,000 $58,853,000
Less current portion (b) -- --
----------- -----------
$60,001,000 $58,853,000
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
a) The 5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures (the "Debentures")
were issued in 1991 with a yield to maturity of approximately 7.47%.
At January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, the unamortized original
issue discount was $4,999,000 and $6,147,000, respectively. The
Debentures are convertible into Common Stock of the Company prior to
maturity at a conversion of 32.79 shares per $1,000 principal amount
at maturity. Amounts charged to income for the amortization of
debenture discount were $1,147,000 and $1,066,000 for Fiscal 1997
and Fiscal 1996, respectively.
The Debentures have not been and will not be registered under
the United States Securities Act of 1933.
b) The long-term debt at January 31, 1998 of $60,001,000 is due
September 27, 2001.
5. LINE OF CREDIT
At January 31, 1998, the Company had an unused $40,000,000
unsecured Credit Agreement with a group of banks. On March 26, 1998,
the Company entered into a new $40,000,000 Credit Agreement (the
"Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks led by The Chase
Manhattan Bank and terminated the $40,000,000 facility in existence
at January 31, 1998. The new facility consists of a $20,000,000 line
of credit for direct borrowings and a $20,000,000 line for issuance
of Letters of Credit. The Agreement as it
F-14
<PAGE> 41
relates to the $20,000,000 line of credit for direct borrowings
expires March 26, 2001 and is unsecured. With respect to the
$20,000,000 line for Letter of Credit, it expires on March 25, 1999
and is renewable annually. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement
bear a base rate interest of either (1) the higher of the prime rate
and the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2%, or (2) an Adjusted
Eurodollar Rate based on LIBOR. The Agreement requires the
maintenance of certain earnings and fixed charge coverage ratios,
and the interest rate payable is adjusted by from 0.0% to 2.0% over
the above base rate depending on the ratio of consolidated funded
debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA).
At January 31, 1998 and February 1, 1997, the Company was
liable for outstanding letters of credit in the amount of
approximately $8,299,000 and $9,219,000, respectively.
6. INCOME TAXES
The (benefit)/provision for income taxes consists of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal:
Current $ 1,900,000 $ 1,448,000 $ 832,000
Deferred (3,803,000) (625,000) 1,505,000
----------- ----------- -----------
(1,903,000) 823,000 2,337,000
----------- ----------- -----------
State:
Current 631,000 625,000 630,000
Deferred (1,168,000) (248,000) 179,000
----------- ----------- -----------
(537,000) 377,000 809,000
----------- ----------- -----------
($2,440,000) $1,200,000 $ 3,146,000
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE> 42
A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate with the
effective rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
---------------------------------------
January 31, February 1, February 3,
1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory Federal income
tax rate 34.0% 34.0% 34.0%
State income taxes, net of
Federal benefit 5.7 5.5 7.0
Reversal of prior year
residual estimated
liabilities (12.4) --
Other (0.3) (0.7) 0.1
---- ---- ----
Effective income tax rate 39.4% 26.4% 41.1%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes.
The components of the non-current deferred tax liability (asset) are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended
--------------------------------
January 31, February 1,
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Accelerated tax
depreciation $ 13,942,000 $ 18,281,000
Reserves not currently
deductible (2,140,000) (539,000)
AMT credit carryovers (346,000) (1,288,000)
------------ ------------
$ 11,456,000 $ 16,454,000
============ ============
</TABLE>
The Company files consolidated Federal and state income tax returns.
Deferred income tax expense during Fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 principally
resulted from the use of accelerated methods of depreciation for tax
purposes over the straight-line method used for financial reporting
purposes.
7. LEASES
At January 31, 1998, the Company leased all of its stores and two
facilities for its corporate office, warehouse and distribution
operations. These operating leases expire on varying dates to 2008.
F-16
<PAGE> 43
At January 31, 1998, aggregate minimum rentals in future periods are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Minimum
Fiscal Rental
Year Commitment
------ ----------
<S> <C>
1998 $47,432,000
1999 $42,332,000
2000 $37,387,000
2001 $33,262,000
2002 $29,000,000
Thereafter $69,826,000
</TABLE>
The preceding does not include contingent rentals which may be
payable under certain leases on the basis of percentage of sales in excess
of stipulated amounts. The amounts of such additional rentals incurred
were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal
Year Amount
------ ------
<S> <C>
1997 $3,061,000
1996 $2,320,000
1995 $1,913,000
</TABLE>
Total rent expense was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal
Year Amount
------ ------
<S> <C>
1997 $53,931,000
1996 $52,729,000
1995 $50,712,000
</TABLE>
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS
Pursuant to collective bargaining agreements, the Company is
obligated to make contributions to union-administered health and welfare,
retirement and severance funds which provide benefits for the Company's
union-represented associates. Payments under these agreements amounted to
approximately $967,000, $994,000 and $1,070,000 in Fiscal 1997, Fiscal
1996 and Fiscal 1995, respectively.
In January 1994, the Company adopted a voluntary 401(k) savings
plan. The Company matches 25% of each associate's contribution, up to a
maximum of 5% of salary. This match is paid in Company common stock
purchased by the Trustee on the open market. Approximately $145,000,
$154,000 and $181,000 were charged to expense in Fiscal 1997, Fiscal 1996
and Fiscal 1995, respectively.
F-17
<PAGE> 44
The Company has a Deferred Compensation Plan covering certain key
executives which provides that, at retirement, these associates will
receive for a 10-year period an annual predetermined benefit, the amount
of which is dependent upon their retirement age. The maximum amount that
the associate may receive is being accrued for financial reporting
purposes over the employment period. Approximately $156,000, $129,000 and
$134,000 were charged to expense in Fiscal 1997, Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal
1995, respectively.
The Company has entered into consulting agreements with certain
senior executives whereby, at retirement, these associates will provide
consulting and advisory services for a 10-year period. The maximum
aggregate amount payable under these agreements is $400,000 per year.
F-18
<PAGE> 45
9. AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES
The following is a summary of the available for sale securities
which comprise the balance in "marketable securities" at January 31, 1998
and February 1, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
January 31, Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
1998 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
- ---------------- ---- ----- ------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Government Bonds $52,251,000 $ 40,000 $ (3,000) $52,288,000
Other Debt Securities 17,305,000 77,000 (1,000) 17,381,000
Municipal Bonds 5,049,000 29,000 -- 5,078,000
----------- --------- -------- -----------
Total available for
sale securities $74,605,000 $ 146,000 $ (4,000) $74,747,000
=========== ========= ======== ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
February 1, Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
1997 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
- ---------------- ---- ----- ------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Government Bonds $50,300,000 $ -- $(58,000) $50,242,000
Municipal Bonds 3,834,000 8,000 -- 3,842,000
----------- -------- -------- -----------
Total available
for sale securities $54,134,000 $ 8,000 $(58,000) $54,084,000
=========== ======== ======== ===========
</TABLE>
The cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at January 31,
1998 by contractual maturity are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Cost Fair Value
---- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
1998 $33,573,000 $33,572,000
1999 25,058,000 25,138,000
2000 13,959,000 14,021,000
2001 -- --
2002 2,015,000 2,016,000
----------- -----------
Total available for
sale securities $74,605,000 $74,747,000
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE> 46
Net gains from the sales of available for sale securities are
reported on the consolidated statement of income as "Net Investment
(Gain/Income) Loss". The components of Net Investment (Gain/Income) Loss
for Fiscal 1997, Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross on Sale of Net Investment
Fiscal Realized Realized Government Dividend (Gain/Income)
Year Gains Losses Securities Income Loss
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997 $ (50,000) $ 7,000 $ (43,000) $(296,000) $(339,000)
1996 $ (9,000) $28,000 $ 19,000 $ 0 $ 19,000
1995 $(114,000) $88,000 $ (26,000) $ 0 $ (26,000)
</TABLE>
10. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Quarter Ended
---------------------------------------------------------------------
May 3, August 2, November 1, January 31,
1997 1997 1997 1998
---- ---- ---- ----
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $ 85,129 $ 95,114 $ 99,711 $ 165,356
Gross profit 19,977 22,848 24,809 52,407
Provision for asset impairment -- -- -- 8,746
Income (loss) before income
tax provision (7,938) $ (5,550) $ (3,790) 11,080
Net income (loss) $ (4,683) $ (3,275) $ (2,236) $ 6,436
Net income (loss) per share
(a) (b) (d) $ (0.29) $ (0.21) $ (0.15) $ 0.36
Number of shares used in
computing net income (loss)
per share 17,155,000 17,155,000 17,155,000 17,172,000
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE> 47
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Quarter Ended
----------------------------------------------------------------------
May 4, August 3, November 2, February 1,
1996 1996 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ----
(Amounts in thousands except share and per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $ 84,992 $ 92,727 $ 98,495 $ 165,029
Gross profit 20,614 21,878 25,317 51,324
Provision for asset impairment -- -- 370 --
Income (loss) before income
tax provision (5,977) (4,793) (2,653) 17,966
Net income (loss) (3,526) (2,828) (1,565) 11,262
Net income (loss) per share
(a)(b)(c) $ (0.21) $ (0.18) $ (0.11) $ 0.64
Number of shares used in
computing net income (loss)
per share 17,155,000 17,155,000 17,155,000 17,155,000
</TABLE>
(a) Net (loss) income per share is calculated based on net (loss) income less
the dividend requirement of the Convertible Preferred Stock.
(b) Diluted net income per share, assuming conversion of the Company's 5%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures and elimination of the related
interest costs less applicable income taxes and assuming conversion of the
5.05% Convertible Preferred Stock and elimination of the related dividend
was $0.31 for the thirteen weeks ended January 31, 1998 on weighted
average shares outstanding of 22,680,000 and $0.54 per share for the
thirteen weeks ended February 1, 1997 on weighted average shares
outstanding of 22,487,000.
(c) Difference of $0.01 between full year (loss) income per share and the
resulting (loss) income per share from the sum of each of the quarters in
Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996 is due to rounding.
F-21
<PAGE> 1
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 26, 1998, between Lechters,
Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the "Borrower"), The Chase Manhattan Bank as
Agent, and the Banks listed on the signature pages hereof (individually, each a
"Bank", and collectively, the "Banks").
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Banks extend credit to
the Borrower in the form of a revolving credit facility in a principal amount of
$20,000,000, and a letter of credit facility of a principal amount of
$20,000,000 for letters of credit and steamship indemnities with a $3,500,000
sublimit for non-trade related standby letters of credit; and
WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to make such extensions of credit on
the terms conditions set forth herein:
ACCORDINGLY, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
The Credit Facility
1.01 Commitment to Lend.
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each
Bank agrees to make, from time to time during the period from the Closing Date
through but not including the Termination Date, one or more Loans to the
Borrower; provided that no Loan shall be made if, after giving effect to the
making of such Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof, (i) the the
amount of the Loan Exposure of such Bank would exceed the amount of the Loan
Commitment of such Bank at such time, or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Loan
Exposures of all of the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the Loan
Commitments. Subject to Section 1.06 and the other terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Loans may, at the option of the Borrower, be made as, and from
time to time continued as or converted into, Prime Rate or LIBO Rate Loans of
any permitted Type, or any combination thereof. The aggregate amount of the Loan
Commitments on the Closing Date is $20,000,000.
1.02 Manner of Borrowing.
(a) Notice.
The Borrower shall give the Agent notice (which shall be
irrevocable) no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on, in the case of Prime
Rate Loans, the Business Day, and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, the third
Eurodollar Business Day, before the requested date for the making of such Loans.
Each such notice shall be in the form of Schedule 1.02 and shall specify (i) the
requested date for the making of the requested Loans, which shall be, in the
case of Prime Rate Loans, a Business Day and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, a
Eurodollar Business Day, (ii) the Type or Types of Loans requested and (iii) the
amount of each such Type of Loan, the aggregate of which amounts for (A) all
Prime Rate Loans requested shall be
<PAGE> 2
$500,000 or a greater integral multiple of $100,000 or the aggregate amount of
the unused Loan Commitments and (B) all Types of LIBO Rate Loans shall be
$2,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of $500,000. Upon receipt of any such
notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of
the amount and Type of each Loan to be made by such Bank on the requested date
specified therein.
(b) Funding by Banks.
Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on each requested date for
the making of Loans, each Bank shall, if it has received the notice contemplated
by Section 1.02(a) on or prior to its close of business on, in the case of Prime
Rate Loans, the Business Day, and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, the third
Eurodollar Business Day, before such date, make available to the Agent, in
Dollars immediately available to the Agent at the Agent's office, the Loans to
be made by such Bank on such date. Any Bank's failure to make any Loan to be
made by it on the requested date therefor shall not relieve any other Bank of
its obligation to make any Loan to be made by such other Bank on such date, but
such other Bank shall not be liable for such failure.
(c) Agent's right to fund.
Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank prior to
10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the requested date for the making of any Loans
that such Bank will not make available to the Agent the Loans requested to be
made by such Bank on such date, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made
such Loans available to the Agent on such date in accordance with Section
1.02(b) and the Agent in its sole discretion may, in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount
on behalf of such Bank. If and to the extent such Bank shall not have so made
available to the Agent the Loans requested to be made by such Bank on such date
and the Agent shall have so made available to the Borrower a corresponding
amount on behalf of such Bank, such Bank shall, on demand, pay to the Agent such
corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
such amount shall have been so made available by the Agent to the Borrower until
the date such amount shall have been repaid to the Agent, at the Federal Funds
Rate until (and including) the third Business Day after demand is made and
thereafter at the Prime Rate. If such Bank does not pay such corresponding
amount promptly upon the Agent's demand therefor, the Agent shall promptly
notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately repay such corresponding
amount to the Agent together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable
rate or rates provided in Section 1.03(a).
(d) Funding by Agent.
All Loans made available to the Agent in accordance with Section
1.02(b) shall be disbursed by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York
time) on the requested date therefor in Dollars in funds immediately available
to the Borrower by credit to an account of the Borrower at the Agent's Office or
in such other manner as may have been specified in the applicable notice and as
shall be acceptable to the Agent.
-2-
<PAGE> 3
1.03 Interest.
(a) Rates.
Unless an Event of Default is continuing, (i) each Loan shall bear
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal
to (A) so long as it is a Prime Rate Loan, the Prime Rate as in effect from time
to time plus the Applicable Prime Rate Margin with the interest on each Prime
Rate Loan changing automatically and without notice to the Borrower, and (B) so
long as it is a LIBO Rate Loan, the applicable Adjusted London Interbank Offered
Rate plus the Applicable LIBO Rate Margin on the date the Loan is made, with the
interest thereon determined on the basis of one, two or three month periods as
elected by the Borrower, and (ii) interest thereon that is due and payable
shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, bear interest at a
rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate as in effect from time to time plus the
applicable Prime Rate Margin.
(b) Payment.
Interest shall be payable, (i) in the case of Prime Rate Loans, on
each Interest Payment Date, (ii) in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, on the last day
of each applicable Interest Period, and (iii) in the case of any Loan, when such
Loan shall be due (whether at maturity, by reason of notice of prepayment or
acceleration or otherwise) or converted, but only to the extent then accrued on
the amount then so due or converted.
(c) Conversion and Continuation.
(i) All or any part of the principal amount of Loans of any
Type may, on any Business Day, be converted into any other Type or Types of
Loans, except that (A) LIBO Rate Loans may be converted only on the last day of
an applicable Interest Period and (B) Prime Rate Loans may be converted into
LIBO Rate Loans only on a Eurodollar Business Day.
(ii) Prime Rate Loans shall continue as Prime Rate Loans
unless and until such Loans are converted into Loans of another Type. LIBO Rate
Loans of any Type shall continue as Loans of such Type until the end of the then
current Interest Period therefor, at which time they shall be automatically
converted into Prime Rate Loans unless the Borrower shall have given the Agent
notice in accordance with Section 1.03 (c)(iv) requesting either that such Loans
continue as Loans of such Type for another Interest Period or that such Loans be
converted into Loans of another Type at the end of such Interest Period.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 1.03(c)(i) or (ii), during an Event of Default, the Agent may notify the
Borrower that Loans may only be converted into or continued as Prime Rate Loans
and, thereafter, until no Default shall continue to exist, Loans may not be
converted into or continued as Loans of any Type other than Prime Rate Loans.
(iv) The Borrower shall give the Agent notice (which shall be
irrevocable) of each conversion of Loans or continuation of LIBO Rate Loans no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on, in the case of a conversion into Prime
Rate Loans, the Business Day, and, in the case of a conversion into or
continuation of LIBO Rate Loans, the third Eurodollar Business
-3-
<PAGE> 4
Day, before the requested date of such conversion or continuation. Each notice
of conversion or continuation shall be in the form of Schedule 1.03(c)(iv) and
shall specify (A) the requested date of such conversion or continuation, (B) the
amount and Type and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, the last day of the
applicable Interest Period of the Loans to be converted or continued and (C) the
amount and Type or Types of Loans into which such Loans are to be converted or
as which such Loans are to be continued. Upon receipt of any such notice, the
Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of (x) the contents thereof, (y) the
amount and Type and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, the last day of the
applicable Interest Period of each Loan to be converted or continued by such
Bank and (z) the amount and Type or Types of Loans into which such Loans are to
be converted or as which such Loans are to be continued.
1.04 Repayment.
The Loans shall mature and become due and payable, and shall be
repaid by the Borrower, in full on the Termination Date.
1.05 Prepayments.
(a) Optional Prepayments.
The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, prepay the
Loans in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but subject to Section
9.04), except that any partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of, in the case of Prime Rate Loans, $500,000 or any greater integral
multiple of $100,000 and, in the case of any Type of LIBO Rate Loans, $2,000,000
or any greater integral multiple of $500,000. The Borrower shall give the Agent
notice of each prepayment pursuant to this Section 1.05(a) no later than 10:00
a.m. (New York time) on, in the case of a prepayment of Prime Rate Loans, the
Business Day, and, in the case of a prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans, the third
Eurodollar Business Day, before the date of such prepayment. Each such notice of
prepayment shall be in the form of Schedule 1.05(a) and shall specify: (i) the
date such prepayment is to be made and (ii) the amount and Type and, in the case
of LIBO Rate Loans, the last day of the applicable Interest Period of the Loans
to be prepaid. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall promptly notify
each Bank of the contents thereof and the amount and Type and, in the case of
LIBO Rate Loans, the last day of the applicable Interest Period of each Loan of
such Bank to be prepaid. Amounts to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 1.05(a)
shall irrevocably be due and payable on the date specified in the applicable
notice of prepayment, together with interest thereon as provided in Section
1.03(b).
(b) Clean-Up Period Mandatory Prepayments.
The Borrower shall prepay all Loans on the Business Day immediately
preceding each Clean-Up Period. Amounts prepaid pursuant to this Section 1.05(b)
shall be applied first to prepay Prime Rate Loans and then to prepay LIBO Rate
Loans in the order that the Interest Periods for such Loans end. Amounts to be
prepaid pursuant to this Section 1.05(b) shall be paid on the day or within the
time period specified therefor, whether or not such payment would require a
prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans prior to the last day of an applicable Interest
Period or would result in losses, costs or expenses compensable under Section
9.04.
-4-
<PAGE> 5
1.06 Limitation on Types of Loans.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, the Borrower shall borrow, prepay, convert and continue Loans in a
manner such that (a) the aggregate principal amount of LIBO Rate Loans of the
same Type and having the same Interest Period shall at all times be not less
than $2,000,000, (b) there shall not be, at any one time, more than five
Interest Periods in effect with respect to LIBO Rate Loans of all Types and (c)
no payment of LIBO Rate Loans will have to be made prior to the last day of an
applicable Interest Period in order to repay the Loans in the amounts and
(subject to Section 1.18(d)) on the dates specified in Section 1.04.
1.07 Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities.
(a) Issuance of Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities.
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the
Issuing Bank shall issue, from time to time during the period from the Closing
Date through any date but not including the LC Line Termination Date (it being
the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the commitment to issue
Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities shall not exceed 364 days), one or
more Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities for the account of the
Borrower; provided that no Letter of Credit and Steamship Indemnity shall be
issued if, after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit or
Steamship Indemnity, (i) the LC Exposure of all of the Banks would exceed the
aggregate amount of the LC Commitments, or (ii) in the case of a Participating
Bank, the LC Exposure of such Participating Bank would exceed the aggregate
amount of the LC Commitment of such Participating Bank. The aggregate amount of
the LC Commitments on the Closing Date is $20,000,000.
(b) Terms of Letters of Credit.
Each Letter of Credit: (i) may be either (A) a documentary Letter of
Credit in support of trade obligations of the Borrower incurred in importing
merchandise or (B) a standby Letter of Credit in support of premium payments on
worker's compensation insurance carried by the Borrower or in support of trade
obligations of the Borrower, that in the case of either (A) or (B), arise in the
ordinary course of business and are in respect of general corporate purposes of
the Borrower; (ii) shall be denominated in Dollars or other currencies
acceptable to all the Participating Banks; and (iii) shall have an expiration
date occurring no later than three (3) months after the date of issuance;
provided, however, that standby letters of credit in support of premium payments
for worker's compensation insurance and those backing trade obligations of the
Borrower may have an expiration date not later than one (1) year after their
respective dates of issuance. The aggregate amount of non-trade related standby
letters of credit at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $3,500,000.
(c) Uniform Customs.
Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and,
to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New York.
-5-
<PAGE> 6
(d) Issuing Bank's Customary Charges, etc.
In addition to any charges, fees and commissions payable under any
Application, the Borrower shall on demand pay or reimburse the Issuing Bank for
such normal and customary charges, fees, commissions, costs and expenses as are
incurred or charged by the Issuing Bank in issuing, effecting payment under,
amending, transferring or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit or
Steamship Indemnity.
(e) Limitation on Obligation to Issue Letters of Credit or Steamship
Indemnity.
The Issuing Bank shall not at any time be obligated to issue any
Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity hereunder if such issuance would
conflict with, or cause the Issuing Bank or any Participating Bank to exceed any
limits imposed by, any Applicable Law, provided that the Issuing Bank and each
Participating Bank hereby agree to use reasonable efforts to permit such Letter
of Credit to be issued within the restrictions of such Applicable Law.
(f) Existing Letters of Credit.
On the Closing Date the Issuing Bank will provide an indemnification
to the issuer of the Existing Letters of Credit. The Issuing Bank's obligation
under such indemnification shall be a Contingent Reimbursement Obligation for
which a fee shall be payable under Section 1.15(b) and any payment by the
Issuing Bank with respect to such indemnification shall be a Drawing for
purposes of Sections 1.09 and 1.10 of this Agreement.
1.08 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities.
(a) Manner of Issuance.
(i) The Borrower shall request the issuance or amendment of a
Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity by delivering to the Issuing Bank (with
a copy to the Agent if different than the Issuing Bank), at least one Business
Day before the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) of such issuance
or amendment, (A) in the case of any such issuance or amendment, a duly
completed and executed Application for the issuance or amendment of such Letter
of Credit or Steamship Indemnity, provided that if such Application is
transmitted to the Issuing Bank by telecopy, the original of such Application
shall be provided to the Issuing Bank as soon as practicable thereafter but in
any event prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of such Letter of
Credit or Steamship Indemnity, and (B) in the case of any such issuance, if the
desired form of Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity is different from the
Issuing Bank's standard form, a copy of such desired form of Letter of Credit.
(ii) Upon receipt by the Issuing Bank of any duly completed
and executed request, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such
Issuing Bank will process such request and the certificates, documents and other
papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance
with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue or amend the Letter of
Credit or Steamship Indemnity requested thereby (but in no event shall the
Issuing Bank be required to issue or amend any Letter of Credit earlier than one
Business Day after its receipt of the request therefor and all such other
certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by
issuing the original of such Letter of Credit or Steamship
-6-
<PAGE> 7
Indemnity to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by such
Issuing Bank and the Borrower.
(iii) The Borrower will promptly examine the copy of any
issued or amended Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity sent to it by the
Issuing Bank, as well as all other instruments and documents sent to the
Borrower from time to time, and, in the event the Borrower has any claim of
noncompliance with its instructions or of any discrepancy or other irregularity,
the Borrower will immediately notify the Issuing Bank thereof, and the Borrower
will conclusively be deemed to have waived any such claim against the Issuing
Bank and its correspondents unless (x) such immediate notice is given and (y)
received by the Issuing Bank prior to the time that any draft is paid by the
Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit or a claim is paid by the Issuing Bank
under such Steamship Indemnity.
(iv) Promptly, upon the receipt of any request for the
issuance of a Letter of Credit or for an amendment which would result in an
increase or decrease of the amount of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank
will provide a copy of such request to each Participating Bank; provided that
instead of providing such copies the Issuing Bank may, in its discretion,
provide monthly reports of the average outstanding amounts of such Letters of
Credit and Steamship Indemnities to each Participating Bank.
(b) Acquisition of Participations.
Upon the issuance of a Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity, the
Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have granted to each Participating Bank (other
than the Issuing Bank), and each Participating Bank (other than the Issuing
Bank) shall be deemed to have acquired from the Issuing Bank, without further
action by any party hereto for its own account and risk, an undivided interest
in the Issuing Bank's obligations and rights under such Letter of Credit or
Steamship Indemnity, the Contingent Reimbursement Obligations thereunder, any
Drawings that may at any time be made thereunder, and each draft paid by the
Issuing Bank thereunder, in each case to the extent of such Participating Bank's
Participating Bank Percentage thereof. A Bank that is a Participating Bank with
respect to a Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity shall remain a
Participating Bank with respect to that Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity
notwithstanding its later designation, if any, as a Nonparticipating Bank.
1.09 Obligation of Borrower to Reimburse Issuing Bank for Drawings.
(a) Reimbursement.
(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank the amount of
any Drawing under any Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity together with all
amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.07(d) which are due to the Issuing Bank in
connection with such Drawing, no later than 1:00 p.m. (A) the Business Day after
the Issuing Bank notifies the Borrower of such Drawing, if such notice is given
at or before 4:00 p.m., or (B) two Business Days after the Issuing Bank notifies
the Borrower of such Drawing, if such notice is given after 4:00 p.m.
(ii) If payment is not received from the Borrower within the
time required under Section 1.09(a)(i), then (x) all such amounts shall bear
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof until due at a rate per
annum equal to the Prime Rate as in effect from time to
-7-
<PAGE> 8
time plus the Applicable Prime Rate Margin, and (y) upon notice to the Banks by
the Issuing Bank, the Borrower will be deemed to have requested a Prime Rate
Loan pursuant to Section 1.02(a) hereof in the amount due under Section
1.09(a)(i) including any interest as provided for herein, the proceeds of which
Prime Rate Loan shall be used to satisfy the obligations of the Borrower to the
Issuing Bank hereunder; provided, that if such a Prime Rate Loan would cause the
Loan Exposure of the Banks to exceed the amount of the Loan Commitments of such
Banks or if the Banks are otherwise not obligated to make Loans pursuant to
1.02(a), then the Participating Banks shall make such additional payments to the
Issuing Bank under Section 1.10(a) as may be required.
(b) Notice to Participating Banks.
The Issuing Bank shall promptly and timely notify (i) the Borrower,
the Agent and each other Participating Bank having a Participation in such
Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity of its receipt of a drawing request or
claim with respect to such Letter of Credit, stating the date and amount of the
Drawing requested and, in the case of a Participating Bank, the amount of such
Participating Bank's Participating Bank Percentage of such Drawing, and (ii) the
Borrower of the date and amount of each Drawing made pursuant to such request.
The Issuing Bank's failure to give, or delay in giving, any such notice shall
not release or diminish the obligations hereunder of the Borrower and each such
Participating Bank in respect of such Drawing.
(c) Obligation to provide Cash Collateral
On the LC Line Termination Date, the Borrower shall deliver cash
collateral to the Agent in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Contingent
Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be held in accordance with Section
11.18 and thereupon such amount shall become so due and payable to the Agent.
1.10 Obligations of Participating Banks to Fund Participations.
(a) Payment to Issuing Bank.
(i) If the Issuing Bank does not receive from the Borrower
directly, or from the proceeds of a Prime Rate Loan which is deemed to have been
requested under Section 1.09(a)(ii) the principal amount of, together with
interest accrued on, a Drawing, then each other Participating Bank that has a
Participation in such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity shall pay to the
Issuing Bank, upon demand, its Participating Bank Percentage of such unpaid
amount, in Dollars in funds immediately available to the Issuing Bank at the
Agent's Office, on, if such demand is made not later than 3:00 p.m. on a
Business Day, such Business Day, and, if not, the next Business Day, together
with interest on such amount from the date of the relevant Drawing until such
amount is paid in full at, for the first three days, the Federal Funds Rate and,
thereafter, the Prime Rate. Upon, but only upon, making such required payment to
the Issuing Bank, a Participating Bank shall be entitled to receive its
Participating Bank Percentage of the amounts which the Borrower subsequently
pays in respect of such unpaid amount, or in respect of interest to accrue
thereon, and until such payment in full by such Participating Bank, the
-8-
<PAGE> 9
Issuing Bank shall hold such Participating Bank's Participating Bank Percentage
of such amounts as collateral for such payment.
(ii) The obligation of a Participating Bank to fund its
Participations as contemplated by Section 1.10 (a)(i) shall be absolute and
unconditional.
(b) Payment to Participating Banks.
Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has made payment under
any Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity and has received from any
Participating Bank such Participating Bank's Participating Bank Percentage of
such payment in accordance with Section 1.10(a), the Issuing Bank receives any
payment on account of a Drawing under such Letter of Credit or Steamship
Indemnity (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds
of collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Bank), or any payment on account of
interest thereon, the Issuing Bank will distribute to such Participating Bank in
accordance with Section 1.19 its Participating Bank Percentage thereof,
provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the
Issuing Bank shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Bank, for any
reason other than by virtue of a claim of the Borrower referred to in clause (i)
or (ii) of Section 1.11(b), such Participating Bank shall return to the Issuing
Bank the portion thereof previously distributed by the Issuing Bank to it, but
without interest (unless the Issuing Bank is required to pay interest on the
amount returned, in which case the Participating Bank shall be required to pay
interest at a like rate).
(c) Nonparticipation in Letters of Credit or Steamship Indemnities.
(i) If any Bank Nonparticipation occurs with respect to any
Bank, (A) the Agent, the Borrower and such Bank agree, if requested by the
Borrower, to attempt to locate an Eligible Assignee that will accept the
assignment of the Loans, Participations, Commitments and other rights and
obligations hereunder of such Bank and (B) if such an Eligible Assignee is
located, such Bank agrees to assign its interest in its Loans, Participations,
Commitments and other rights and obligations hereunder to such Eligible Assignee
in accordance with Section 11.09, for a purchase price equal to the unpaid
principal amount of such Bank's Loans, together with interest thereon and fees
accrued to the date of payment and all other amounts at the time payable to such
Bank under the Loan Documents and such Bank's Participations. If Loans to be so
assigned include LIBO Rate Loans, the assignment thereof shall occur on the last
day of the then current Interest Period. If no such assignment is arranged, the
Borrower may, if no Default exists upon ten days prior notice to such Bank,
terminate such Bank's Commitment and thereupon promptly prepay such Bank's Loans
and all other amounts payable to such Bank hereunder (including, without
limitation, with respect to its Participations and Commitments), and cash
collateralize its Participations, provided that prepayments of LIBO Rate Loans
shall be made on the last day of the applicable Interest Periods.
(ii) If, as a result of the existence of a Bank
Nonparticipation with respect to any Bank, availability under the LC Commitment
is reduced, such Bank shall be deemed to have breached its Commitment and shall
be liable to the Borrower for any damages resulting from such reduction.
-9-
<PAGE> 10
1.11 Limited Liability of the Issuing and Participating Banks.
(a) No Liability.
The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any
beneficiary and any transferee of any Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity
with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity. The
Participating Banks, the Issuing Bank and their respective officers, directors,
employees and agents shall not be liable or responsible for (i) the use which
may be made of any Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity or any acts or
omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (ii) the
validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents presented under any Letter of
Credit, or any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove
to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; or
(iii) subject, in the case of the Issuing Bank, to Section 1.11 (b), payment by
the Issuing Bank against presentation of documents to the Issuing Bank which do
not comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit, including failure of any
documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit.
The Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order,
without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or
information to the contrary unless any beneficiary (or a successor beneficiary
to whom such Letter of Credit has been transferred in accordance with its terms)
and the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank that such documents do not
comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank
shall not incur any liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent,
certificate, statement or other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) believed by it to be genuine or to be
signed by the proper party or parties.
(b) Consequences of Willful Misconduct.
Notwithstanding Section 1.11(a), the Borrower shall have a claim
against the Issuing Bank (but not any Participating Bank) for, subject to
Section 11.12, (i) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence in
determining whether documents presented under any Letter of Credit comply with
the terms thereof or (ii) the Issuing Bank's willful failure to pay under any
Letter of Credit after the presentation to the Issuing Bank by any beneficiary
(or a successor beneficiary to whom such Letter of Credit has been transferred
in accordance with its terms) of documents strictly complying with the terms and
conditions of such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity, provided, that,
notwithstanding any such claim, the Borrower shall make payments under Section
1.09 in the manner but with the effect contemplated by Section 1.18(b).
(c) Indemnification of Issuing Bank.
Each Bank shall, ratably in accordance with its Commitment,
indemnify the Issuing Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower)
against any cost, expense (including counsel fees and disbursements), claim,
demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from the Issuing Bank's
gross negligence, willful misconduct for willful failure to pay under a Letter
of Credit) that the Issuing Bank may suffer or incur in connection with this
Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank hereunder.
-10-
<PAGE> 11
1.12 Provisions Not Exclusive.
The rights and remedies of the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Banks
under this Agreement in respect of any Letters of Credit or Steamship
Indemnities are supplemental to, and not in derogation of, any rights and
remedies of the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Banks under the Applications
related to such Letters of Credit or Steamship Indemnities and under other
Applicable Law. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement
and the terms of any Application, the terms set forth in this Agreement shall
control.
1.13 Certain Provisions as to Interest.
(a) Rate Applicable to Certain Other Amounts Payable.
Unless an Event of Default is continuing, each amount due and
payable under the Loan Documents shall, to the maximum extent permitted by
Applicable Law and unless a different rate is specifically applicable thereunder
to such amount, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate as in
effect from time to time plus the Applicable Prime Rate Margin. Such interest
shall, unless a different time is specifically applicable to payment of such
interest under the Loan Documents, be payable on demand.
(b) Post-Default Rate.
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default (following the expiration of any grace period, and whether
before of after judgment), each Loan (whether or not due), each Drawing and, to
the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, each other amount due and
payable under the Loan Documents shall bear interest at the Post-Default Rate.
Interest at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable on demand.
(c) Maximum Interest Rate.
Nothing contained in the Loan Documents shall require the Borrower
at any time to pay interest at a rate exceeding the Maximum Permissible Rate. If
interest payable by the Borrower on any date would exceed the maximum amount
permitted by the Maximum Permissible Rate, such interest payment shall
automatically be reduced to such maximum permitted amount, and interest for any
subsequent period, to the extent less than the maximum amount permitted for such
period by the Maximum Permissible Rate, shall be increased by the unpaid amount
of such reduction. Any interest actually received for any period in excess of
such maximum amount permitted for such period shall be deemed to have been
applied as a prepayment of the Loans or the other amounts in respect of which
such interest was paid, as the case may be.
1.14 Reduction of Commitments.
The Borrower may reduce the Loan Commitments or LC Commitments by
giving the Agent notice (which shall be irrevocable) thereof no later than 10:00
a.m. (New York time) on the fifth Business Day before the requested date of such
reduction, provided that, (a) any partial reduction of the Commitments shall be
in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and (b) no
reduction may reduce the Loan Commitments to less than
-11-
<PAGE> 12
the aggregate amount of Loans or the LC Commitment to less than the aggregate
amount of the Letter of Credit Amounts outstanding after giving effect to such
reduction. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Bank of the contents thereof and the amount to which such Bank's Commitment is
to be reduced. Any reduction of Commitments under this Section 1.14 (a) shall
permanently reduce the Commitments then in effect.
1.15 Fees.
(a) Commitment Fees.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank a
commitment fee on the average daily unused amount of such Bank's Commitment,
less any permanent reductions thereof, for each day from the Closing Date
through the Termination Date at a rate per annum determined pursuant to Section
1.16 (a), payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date and on the
Termination Date.
(b) Letter of Credit Fees.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender a
Letter of Credit fee on the average aggregate amount of the Contingent
Reimbursement Obligations under all Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities
for each day from the Closing Date through the Termination Date at a rate per
annum determined pursuant to Section 1.16(a), payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date and on the Termination Date.
(c) Agent's Fees.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for its own account, such
arrangement fee, agent's fee and other applicable fees payable to it under the
Agent's Fee Letter. Such fees shall be payable on the Closing Date and
thereafter, as applicable, in the amounts provided therein.
(d) Issuing Bank's Fees.
The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank, for its own account,
such letter of credit fronting fees and other applicable fees payable to it
under the Issuing Bank's Fee Letter. Such fees shall be payable, as applicable,
on the dates and in the amounts provided therein.
(e) Fees Non-Refundable.
None of the fees payable under this Section 1.15 shall be refundable
in whole or in part except for any portion of such fees charged by the Agent in
error.
1.16 Determination and Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a) Determination of Applicable Margins and Fees.
The Applicable Prime Rate Margin, Applicable LIBO Rate Margin,
Commitment Fee and Letter of Credit fees for any fiscal quarter of the Borrower
shall be determined on the basis of the ratio of the Consolidated Funded Debt as
of the last day of each of the immediately
-12-
<PAGE> 13
preceding four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower to Consolidated
EBITDA (the "Leverage Ratio") for the period of the immediately preceding four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower as determined pursuant to the
financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Agent pursuant to Sections
7.01(a) or 7.01(b), as the case may be, immediately prior to the most recent
Adjustment Date, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable Applicable Letter of
Consolidated LIBO Rate Prime Rate Credit
Leverage Ratio Margin Margin Commitment Fee Fees
-------------- ------ ------ -------------- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Greater than 3.00x 2.00% 0.75% 0.5% 1.50%
Greater than 2.10x
but less than or
equal to 3.00x 1.5% 0.25% 0.375% 1.15%
Less than 2.10x 1.25% 0% 0.3% 1.00%
</TABLE>
Any increase or decrease in applicable margins or fees shall be
effective from the most recent Adjustment Date provided that such ratio shall be
deemed to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00 (x) during such time as an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) in the event that the financial
statements and officer's certificate required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 7.01(a) or 7.01(b), as the case may be, and Section 7.01(c) are not
delivered on or prior to the date when due, during the period from the date when
due to the date which is two Business Days after such financial statements and
officer's certificate are so delivered.
(b) Computation of Interest and Fees.
All interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year.
Interest for any period shall be calculated from and including the first day
thereof but excluding the last day thereof.
1.17 Evidence of Indebtedness.
Each Bank's Loans and the Borrower's obligation to repay such Loans
with interest in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be evidenced
by this Agreement, the records of such Bank and a Note payable to the order of
such Bank. Absent manifest error the records of each Bank shall be conclusive
evidence of such Bank's Loans and accrued interest thereon and of all payments
made in respect thereof. Each Bank is hereby authorized to record the date, the
amount of each Loan made by such Bank to the Borrower, each conversion of all or
a portion thereof, the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of
principal thereof, on the schedule annexed to and constituting part of the Note,
and, absent manifest error, any such recording shall be conclusive evidence of
the accuracy of the information so recorded, provided that the failure of such
Bank to make such recordation (or any error in recordation) shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under such Note.
-13-
<PAGE> 14
1.18 Payments by the Borrower.
(a) Time, Place and Manner.
All payments due to the Agent under the Loan Documents shall be made
to the Agent at the Agent's Office or at such other address as the Agent may
designate by notice to the Borrower. All payments due to the Issuing Bank under
the Loan Documents shall be made to the Issuing Bank at the Issuing Bank's
office or to such other Person or at such other address as the Issuing Agent may
designate by notice to the Borrower or any Bank. All payments due to any Bank
under the Loan Documents shall, in the case of payments on account of principal
of or interest on the Loans or fees, be made to the Agent at the Agent's Office
and, in the case of all other payments, be made directly to such Bank at its
Domestic Lending Office or at such other address as such Bank may designate by
notice to the Borrower. All payments due to any Bank under the Loan Documents,
whether made to the Agent or directly to such Bank, shall be made for the
account of, in the case of payments in respect of LIBO Rate Loans, such Bank's
Eurodollar Lending Office and, in the case of all other payments, such Bank's
Domestic Lending Office. A payment, other than a payment on account of a
Drawing, shall not be deemed to have been made on any day unless such payment
has been received by the required Person, at the required place of payment, in
Dollars in funds immediately available to such Person at such place, no later
than 12:00 noon (New York time) on such day. A payment on account of a Drawing
shall not be deemed to have been made on any day unless such payment has been
received by the Issuing Bank at the required place of payment, in Dollars, in
funds immediately available to the Issuing Bank at such place, no later than, in
the case of payments by the Borrower, the times specified in Section 1.09(a)(i)
and, in the case of payments by a Bank, the times specified in Section 1.10(a).
(b) No Reductions.
All payments due to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank under
the Loan Documents, and all other terms, conditions, covenants and agreements to
be observed and performed by the Borrower thereunder, and all payments due to
the Issuing Bank by a Bank, shall be made, observed or performed by the Borrower
or such Bank, as the case may, without any reduction or deduction whatsoever,
including any reduction or deduction for any set-off, recoupment, counterclaim
(whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) or Tax, except, in the case of
payments by the Borrower, for any withholding or deduction for Taxes required to
be withheld or deducted under Applicable Law; provided that no payment by any
Person to another Person shall constitute a waiver or release by the Person
making such payment of any right it may have against the Person receiving such
payment.
(c) Authorization to Charge Accounts.
The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each
Bank, if and to the extent any amount payable by the Borrower under the Loan
Documents (whether payable to such Person or to any other Person that is the
Agent, the Issuing Bank or a Bank) is not otherwise paid when due, to charge
such amount against any or all of the accounts of the Borrower with such Person
or any of its Affiliates (whether maintained at a branch or office
-14-
<PAGE> 15
located within or without the United States), with the Borrower remaining liable
for any deficiency.
(d) Extension of Payment Dates.
Whenever any payment to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank
under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of
acceleration) on a day that is not a Business Day, or, in the case of payments
of the principal of LIBO Rate Loans, a Eurodollar Business Day, such payment
shall instead be due on the next succeeding Business Day or Eurodollar Business
Day, as the case may be, unless, in the case of a payment of the principal of
LIBO Rate Loans, such extension would cause payment to be due in the next
succeeding calendar month, in which case such due date shall be advanced to the
next preceding Eurodollar Business Day. If the date any payment under the Loan
Documents is due is extended (whether by operation of any Loan Document,
Applicable Law or otherwise), such payment shall bear interest for such extended
time at the rate of interest applicable hereunder.
1.19 Distribution of Payments by the Agent.
On each Business Day, the Agent shall distribute by 5:00 p.m. New
York time to each Bank its ratable share of each payment received by the Agent
under the Loan Documents at or before 12:00 noon on such Business Day for the
account of the Banks by credit to the account as provided in the Administrative
Details Reply Form provided to the Agent and as amended from time to time. If
such payment is received after 12:00 noon, then the Agent shall distribute by
11:00 a.m. the following Business Day to each Bank its ratable share of such
payment received by the Agent under the Loan Documents in the manner set forth
above. Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to
the date on which any payment is due to the Banks under the Loan Documents that
the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the
Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent
in its sole discretion may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
distributed to each Bank on such due date a corresponding amount with respect to
the amount then due such Bank. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have
so made such payment in full to the Agent and the Agent shall have so
distributed to any Bank a corresponding amount, such Bank shall, on demand,
repay to the Agent the amount so distributed together with interest thereon, for
each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date
such Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate until (and
including) the third Business Day after demand is made and thereafter at the
Prime Rate.
1.20 Taxes.
(a) Taxes Payable by the Borrower.
If any Tax is required to be withheld or deducted from, or is
otherwise payable by the Borrower in connection with, any payment to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank or any Bank under the Loan Documents, the Borrower (i) shall,
if required, withhold or deduct the amount of such Tax from such payment and, in
any case, pay such Tax to the appropriate taxing authority in accordance with
Applicable Law and (ii) shall pay to the Agent or such Bank, as applicable, such
additional amounts as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the
Agent or such
-15-
<PAGE> 16
Bank with respect to such payment, after withholding or deducting all Taxes
required to be withheld or deducted, is equal to the full amount payable under
the Loan Documents. If any Tax is withheld or deducted from, or is otherwise
payable by the Borrower in connection with, any payment payable to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank or any Bank under the Loan Documents, the Borrower shall, as
soon as possible after the date of such payment, furnish to the Agent or such
Bank, as applicable, the original or a certified copy of a receipt for such Tax
from the applicable taxing authority. If any payment due to the Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank under the Loan Documents is or is expected to be made
without withholding or deducting therefrom, or otherwise paying in connection
therewith, any Tax payable to any taxing authority, the Borrower shall, within
30 days after any request from the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as
applicable, furnish to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Bank a certificate
from such taxing authority, or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Agent,
the Issuing Bank or such Bank, in either case stating that no Tax payable to
such taxing authority was or is, as the case may be, required to be withheld or
deducted from, or otherwise paid by the Borrower in connection with, such
payment.
(b) Taxes Payable by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank.
The Borrower shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or any Bank for the payment thereof, pay to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
such Bank, as the case may be, (i) all Taxes (other than Bank Taxes) payable by
the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be, with respect to
any payment due to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be,
under the Loan Documents and (ii) all Taxes (including Bank Taxes) payable by
the Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be, as a result of
payments made by the Borrower (whether made to a taxing authority or to the
Agent or the Issuing Bank or such Bank) pursuant to Section 1.20(a) or (b).
(c) Exemption from U.S. Withholding and Backup Withholding Taxes.
(i) The Issuing Bank if it is not and each Bank that is not a
"United States Person" (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a) (30) of the
Code) shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent (A) on or before the first date
that interest or fees are payable to it under the Loan Documents, (1) two duly
completed and signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 or any
successor form, in each case entitling such Person to a complete exemption from
withholding of any United States federal income taxes on all amounts to be
received by such Person under the Loan Documents, or (2) a duly completed and
signed copy of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or any successor form,
in each case entitling such Person to a complete exemption from United States
backup withholding tax on all amounts to be received by such Person under the
Loan Documents, and (B) from time to time thereafter, prior to the expiration or
obsolescence of any previously delivered form or upon any previously delivered
form becoming inaccurate or inapplicable, such further duly completed and signed
copies of such forms or such other forms or certificates, in each case entitling
such Bank to exemption from withholding of United States federal income taxes
and from United States backup withholding tax to the maximum extent to which
such Bank is then entitled under Applicable Law. Each Bank shall promptly notify
the Borrower and the Agent if (A) it is required to withdraw or cancel any form
or certificate previously submitted by it or any such form or certificate has
otherwise become ineffective or inaccurate or (B) payments to it are or
-16-
<PAGE> 17
will be subject to withholding of United States federal income taxes or United
States backup withholding tax to a greater extent than the extent to which
payments to it were previously subject. Upon the request of the Borrower or the
Agent, each Bank that is a United States Person (as defined above) shall from
time to time submit to the Borrower and the Agent a certificate to the effect
that it is such a United States Person and a duly completed Internal Revenue
Service Form W-9.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount in
respect of withholding of United States income taxes or United States backup
withholding tax pursuant to Sections 1.20 or 9.02 to any Bank (A) except to the
extent United States federal income taxes or United States backup withholding
tax, as the case may be, is required to be withheld as a result of a Regulatory
Change or (B) to the extent such withholding is required because such Bank has
failed to submit any form or certificate that it is entitled to so submit under
Applicable Law.
1.21 Pro Rata Treatment.
Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, (i) Loans of each
Type to be made on any day shall be made by the Banks pro rata in accordance
with their respective Loan Commitments, (ii) Loans of the Banks shall be
converted and continued pro rata in accordance with their respective amounts of
Loans of the Type and, in the case of LIBO Rate Loans, having the Interest
Period being so converted or continued, (iii) each reduction in the Commitments
shall be made pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts thereof, (iv)
each payment of the principal of or interest on the Loans or of fees (other than
Letter of Credit fees payable pursuant to Section1.15(c)) shall be made for the
account of the Banks pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts thereof
then due and payable and (v) each payment of Letter of Credit fees payable with
respect to Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 1.15(b) shall be made for the
account of the Participating Banks pro rata in accordance with their respective
aggregate Participations.
ARTICLE 2.
Conditions to Loans
2.01 Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement.
The Credit Agreement contemplated hereby is subject to the
determination of each Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, that each of
the following conditions has been fulfilled:
-17-
<PAGE> 18
(a) all Loan Documents acceptable in form and substance to the Banks
have been duly executed and delivered.
(b) the Agent shall have received each of the following, in form and
substance and, in the case of the materials referred to in clauses (i), (ii),
(iii) and (iv), certified in a manner satisfactory to the Agent:
(i) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Schedule
2.1(a)(i), to which shall be attached current copies of (1) the certificate of
incorporation and by-laws of the Borrower; and (2) resolutions or unanimous
written consents of the Boards of Directors of the Borrower authorizing the
execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower
is a party and is otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks;
(ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of each Corporate Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form
of Schedule 2.1(a)(ii), to which shall be attached current copies of (1) the
certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Corporate Guarantor; and (2)
resolutions or unanimous written consents of the Boards of Directors of each
Corporate Guarantor authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the
Loan Documents to which such Corporate Guarantor is a party and is otherwise in
form and substance satisfactory to the Banks;
(iii) good standing certificates with respect to the Borrower
and each Corporate Guarantor, issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of
State or other appropriate official of such Person's jurisdiction of
incorporation and in each Material Jurisdiction (other than the jurisdiction in
which the Borrower or such Corporate Guarantor is incorporated) in which the
Borrower and each Corporate Guarantor is authorized to do business;
(iv) a copy of each Governmental Approval and other consent or
approval listed on Schedule 3.3;
(v) a legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower and to the
Corporate Guarantors on such issues reasonably requested by Banks, which opinion
shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Banks;
(vi) a letter to the Borrower from the accountants who
prepared the Base Financial Statements in form and substance satisfactory to the
Required Banks confirming that (A) the Borrower is authorized to deliver the
Base Financial Statements to the Banks and (2) it is the understanding of such
accountants that the Banks are relying on such report in entering into this
Agreement;
(vii) a certificate of the President or Chief Financial
Officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, setting forth the manner and
degree of detail in which the Borrower will make the calculations required by
paragraph 3 of Schedule 7.01(c);
(viii) a duly executed new Domestic Note and Eurodollar Note
for each Bank, in replacement of the Domestic Note and Eurodollar Note of such
Bank issued under the Existing Credit Agreement;
-18-
<PAGE> 19
(ix) evidence that fees payable on or prior to the Closing
Date pursuant to Section 1.15, for which invoices have been delivered to the
Borrower on or prior to such date, have been paid in full on or prior to the
Closing Date;
(x) such additional materials as any Bank may have requested
pursuant to Section 7.01(e); and
(xi) the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of May
23, 1996 among the Borrower, the Bank of Montreal as Agent and the banks which
are party thereto shall have been terminated after payment of all fees due and
owing under that agreement except for fees which are not due and payable on or
before the date that agreement is terminated.
(c) all fees payable on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to
Section 1.15, for which invoices have been delivered to the Borrower on or prior
to such date, shall have been paid in full on or prior to the Closing Date.
2.02 Conditions to Each Credit Extension.
The obligation of each Bank to make each Loan requested to be made
by it, including its initial Loan, and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to
issue each Letter of Credit requested to be issued by it (including, if no Loans
have been made at such time, the initial Letter of Credit) is subject to the
determination of such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in its sole
and absolute discretion, that each of the following conditions has been
fulfilled:
(a) Request.
The Agent and, in the case of a request for the issuance of a Letter
of Credit, the Issuing Bank, shall have received in the case of a Loan, a notice
of borrowing with respect to such Loan complying with the requirements of
Section 1.02 and, in the case of a Letter of Credit, or Steamship Indemnity a
request for the issuance of such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity
complying with the requirements of Section 1.08(a).
(b) Representation and Warranty.
Each Representation and Warranty shall be true and correct in all
material respects at and as of the time of such Credit Extension, both with and
without giving effect to such Credit Extension and all other Credit Extension to
be made at such time and to the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c) No Default.
No Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such
Credit Extension or would result from the making of such Credit Extension and
all other Credit Extension to be made at such time or from the application of
the proceeds thereof.
-19-
<PAGE> 20
(d) Information.
Such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have
received such Information as it may have requested pursuant to Section 7.01(e).
The Borrower shall be deemed to have made a representation and
warranty as of the time of the requested Credit Extension that the conditions
specified in clauses (b) or (c) above have been fulfilled as of such time.
ARTICLE 3.
Certain Representations and Warranties
In order to induce each Bank and the Issuing Bank to enter into this
Agreement and to make each Credit Extension requested to be made by it, the
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
3.01 Organization; Power; Qualification.
The Borrower and each Subsidiary are corporations duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective
jurisdictions of incorporation, have the corporate power and authority to own
their respective properties and to carry on their respective businesses as now
being and hereafter proposed to be conducted and are duly qualified and in good
standing as foreign corporations, and are authorized to do business, in all
jurisdictions in which the character of their respective properties or the
nature of their respective businesses requires such qualification or
authorization, except for qualifications and authorizations the lack of which,
singly or in the aggregate, has not had and will not have a Materially Adverse
Effect on the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Lechters Hawaii, Inc., a Subsidiary of the Borrower, is in the process of being
dissolved.
3.02 Subsidiaries.
Schedule 3.02 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, all of the
Subsidiaries, their jurisdictions of incorporation and the percentages of the
various classes of their Capital Securities owned by the Borrower or another
Subsidiary and indicates which Subsidiaries are Consolidated Subsidiaries. The
Borrower or another Subsidiary, as the case may be, has the unrestricted right
to vote, and (subject to limitations imposed by Applicable Law) to receive
dividends and distributions on, all Capital Securities indicated on Schedule
3.02 as owned by the Borrower or such Subsidiary. All such Capital Securities
have been duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.
3.03 Authorization; Enforceability; Required Consents; Absence of
Conflicts.
(a) As to the Borrower.
The Borrower has the power, and has taken all necessary action
(including, if a corporation, any necessary stockholder action) to authorize,
execute, deliver and perform in accordance with their respective terms the Loan
Documents to which the Borrower is a party, to
-20-
<PAGE> 21
borrow hereunder in the unused amount of the Loan Commitments and to have
Letters of Credit or Steamship Indemnities issued for its account in the unused
amount of the LC Commitment. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Loan
Documents, to which the Borrower is a party, when delivered to the Agent will
have been, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and is, or when so
delivered will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower,
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally. The execution, delivery and performance in
accordance with their respective terms by the Borrower of the Loan Documents to
which it is a party, each borrowing hereunder, whether or not in the amount of
the unused Loan Commitments, and the issuance of each Letter of Credit or
Steamship Indemnity hereunder, whether or not in the amount of the unused LC
Commitment, do not and (absent any change in any Applicable Law or applicable
Contract) will not (a) require any Governmental Approval or any other consent or
approval, including any consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower,
other than Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals that have
been obtained, are final and not subject to review on appeal or to collateral
attack, are in full force and effect and, in the case of any consent or approval
required under any Applicable Law or Contract as in effect on the Closing Date,
are listed on Schedule 3.03, or (b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach
of, constitute a default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien
upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under, (i) any Contract to
which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its properties
may be bound or (ii) any Applicable Law.
(b) As to the Corporate Guarantors.
Each Corporate Guarantor has the power, and has taken all necessary
action (including, if a corporation, any necessary stockholder action) to
authorize, execute, deliver and perform in accordance with their respective
terms the Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement has been, and
each of the other Loan Documents to which such Corporate Guarantor is a party
when delivered to the Agent will have been, duly executed and delivered by such
Corporate Guarantor and is, or when so delivered will be, a legal, valid and
binding obligation of such Corporate Guarantor, enforceable against such
Corporate Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally. The
execution, delivery and performance in accordance with their respective terms by
each Corporate Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, do not
and (absent any change in any Applicable Law or applicable Contract) will not
(a) require any Governmental Approval or any other consent or approval,
including any consent or approval of the stockholders of such Corporate
Guarantor, other than Governmental Approvals and other consents and approvals
that have been obtained, are final and not subject to review on appeal or to
collateral attack, are in full force and effect and, in the case of any such
required under any Applicable Law or Contract as in effect on the Closing Date,
are listed on Schedule 3.03, or (b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach
of, constitute a default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien
upon any assets of such Corporate Guarantor or any Subsidiary under, (i) any
Contract to which such Corporate Guarantor is a party or by which such Corporate
Guarantor or any of its properties may be bound or (ii) any Applicable Law.
-21-
<PAGE> 22
3.04 Compliance.
The Borrower and each Subsidiary are in material compliance with all
laws including, without limitation, all Tax laws, environmental laws and ERISA.
3.05 Taxes.
The Borrower and each Subsidiary have (a) filed all tax returns
required to have been filed by it under Applicable Law, (b) paid all Taxes that
are due and payable by it or have been assessed against it except for Taxes the
failure to have paid which does not contravene Section 4.04 and (c) to the
extent required by GAAP, reserved against all Taxes that are payable by it but
are not yet due or that are due and payable by it or have been assessed against
it but have not yet been paid.
3.06 Litigation.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06, there are not, in any court or
before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any governmental or
non-governmental body, any actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened
(nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, is there any basis
therefor) against or in any other way relating to or affecting (a) the Borrower
or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses or properties or (b) any
Loan Document, except actions, suits or proceedings that, if adversely
determined, would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Materially Adverse
Effect on (x) the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole or
(y) any Loan Document.
3.07 Burdensome Provisions.
Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by
any Contract or Applicable Law, compliance with which could reasonably be
expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect on (a) the Borrower and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) any Loan Document.
3.08 Liens.
The ownership of all property of the Borrower and each Corporate
Guarantor is free from any Liens other than Permitted Liens.
3.09 Indebtedness.
The Borrower and each Corporate Guarantor are not subject to any
Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness and Permitted Repos.
3.10 Letters of Credit.
The Borrower and each Corporate Guarantor are not liable for the
reimbursement of any payments made under any letters of credit other than
payments under Existing Letters of Credit or letters of credit issued pursuant
to this Agreement.
-22-
<PAGE> 23
3.11 Financial Statements.
The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of
February 1, 1997 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date,
reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, and the management prepared consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower as of November 1, 1997 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the 39 weeks ended on such date, copies of which have heretofore been furnished
to the Banks, are complete and correct and present fairly the consolidated
financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower as of such dates.
All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes
thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently
throughout the periods involved. Neither the Borrower nor its Consolidated
Subsidiaries have any material contingent liability or material liability for
Taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment,
including, without limitation, any interest rate or foreign currency swap or
exchange transaction, which is not reflected in the foregoing statements or in
the notes thereto.
3.12 No Adverse Change or Event.
Since February 1, 1997 (i) there has been no development or event
which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
(ii) no dividends or other distributions have been declared, paid or made upon
the Capital Stock of the Borrower nor has any of the Capital Stock of the
Borrower been redeemed, retired, purchased or otherwise acquired for value by
the Borrower, and there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by the
Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of their business
or property (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of
business) and no purchase or other acquisition of any business or property
(including any capital stock of any other Person but excluding the purchase of
inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business).
3.13 Investment Company Act.
Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an "investment company"
or a Person "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
3.14 Substance Release and Disposal.
There have been no releases or disposals of hazardous wastes,
environmental contaminants or other substances in quantities or locations that,
singly or in the aggregate, could result in the incurrence by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries of remedial obligations under Applicable Law that could
have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
has received any notice or order advising it that it has or may have any
remedial obligation with respect to any such releases or disposals or that it is
or may be responsible for the costs of any remedial action taken or to be taken
by any other Persons with respect to any such releases or disposals, which
obligation or cost, if fully payable could, singly or in the aggregate, have a
Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
taken as a whole.
-23-
<PAGE> 24
3.15 Pari Passu Status.
The Loans and other obligations of the Borrower to the Banks under
the Loan Documents will at all times rank at least pari Passu in priority of
payment with all of the Borrower's other unsecured Indebtedness.
3.16 Reprogramming of Computer Systems.
Any reprogramming required to permit the proper functioning of the
computer systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (or of computer systems of
others used by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in and following the year 2000
will be completed prior to January 1, 1999, except for the computer system of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries related to its warehouse systems, the
reprogramming of which is projected to be completed by September 30, 1999. The
cost to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of such reprogramming, as projected,
will not result in a Default or a Material Adverse Effect. Except for such
reprogramming referred to in the preceding sentence as may be necessary, the
computer and management information systems of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
are and, with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue to be
adequate for the conduct of its business.
ARTICLE 4.
Affirmative Covenants
Until the Repayment Date the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries, to:
4.01 Preservation of Existence.
Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, except that this
Section 4.01 shall not apply to (i) termination of its corporate existence
pursuant to a merger or consolidation which is not prohibited under Section 5.05
or (ii) termination of the corporate existence of a Subsidiary, the termination
of the corporate existence of which would not, in the aggregate, have a
Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
taken as a whole or otherwise be a disadvantage in any material respect to the
Banks.
4.02 Preservation of Rights and Properties.
Preserve and maintain (i) all of its franchises, licenses, rights
and privileges under Contract and Applicable Law material to the proper conduct
of its business; and (ii) in good repair, working order and condition, excepting
ordinary wear and tear and damage due to casualty, all of its tangible property
material to the proper conduct of its business.
4.03 Business Activities.
Except through joint ventures for which the Required Banks have
provided their prior written consent under Section 5.04, engage only in
businesses in substantially the same fields as, or directly related to, the
businesses conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on February 1, 1997.
-24-
<PAGE> 25
4.04 Payment of Taxes and Liabilities.
Pay or discharge before they become delinquent all Taxes and all
Liabilities that might become a Lien on any of its properties, except that this
Section 4.04 shall not apply to Taxes and Liabilities that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves, in an
amount not less than the amount required by generally accepted accounting
principles, have been provided.
4.05 Compliance with Applicable Laws and Contracts.
Comply with all Applicable Laws and the terms of all Contracts to
which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except
that this Section 4.05 shall not apply to any non-compliance that (i) has been
excused or permanently waived under the relative Applicable Law or Contract, or
(ii) alone and when aggregated with all other such non-compliances, would not
have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
4.06 Preservation of Loan Document Enforceability.
Take all actions (including obtaining and maintaining in full force
and effect consents and Governmental Approvals) that are required so that its
obligations under the Loan Documents will at all times be legal, valid and
binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
4.07 Insurance.
Maintain insurance with responsible insurance companies against at
least such risks and in at least such amounts as is customarily maintained by
similar businesses, or as may be required by Applicable Law or reasonably
requested by the Required Banks.
4.08 Use of Proceeds.
Use the proceeds of the Loans only for general corporate purposes of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and use the Letters of Credit only for
purposes specified in Section 1.07(b). None of the proceeds of any of the Loans
and none of the Letters of Credit, directly or indirectly, shall be used to
purchase or carry, or to reduce or retire or refinance any credit incurred to
purchase or carry, any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U and X
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to
others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. If requested
by the Issuing Bank or any Bank, the Borrower shall complete and sign Part I of
a copy of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U and deliver such
copy to the Issuing Bank or such Bank, as the case may be.
4.09 Future Subsidiaries.
The Borrower will cause any Person which becomes a Subsidiary of the
Borrower to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement to the Agent
within ten Business Days following the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary.
-25-
<PAGE> 26
ARTICLE 5.
Negative Covenants
Until the Repayment Date the Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
5.01 Other Indebtedness.
Have any Indebtedness, at any time, except Permitted Indebtedness
and Permitted Repos.
5.02 Guaranties.
Be obligated, at any time, in respect of any Guaranty except
Permitted Guaranties.
5.03 Liens.
Permit to exist, at any time, any Lien upon any of its properties or
assets of any character, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any
income or profits therefrom, except that this Section 5.03 shall not apply to
Permitted Liens.
5.04 Dividends, Stock Purchases.
(i) Declare or pay any dividends, either in cash or property, on any
shares of its capital stock of any class (except dividends or other
distributions payable solely in shares of common stock of the Borrower); or (ii)
directly or indirectly, or through any Subsidiary, purchase, redeem or retire
any shares of its capital stock of any class or any warrants, rights or options
to purchase or acquire any shares of its capital stock; or (iii) make any other
payment or distribution, either directly or indirectly or through any
Subsidiary, in respect of capital stock of the Borrower; or (iv) make, directly
or indirectly, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any Restricted Investment; it
being specifically understood that the Borrower and any Subsidiary will enter
into a joint venture only with the prior written consent of all the Banks;
except that the Borrower may (x) declare and pay preferred dividends not to
exceed 6% per annum in respect of the Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, and
(y) during such time as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, purchase, redeem or retire up to one million shares in the aggregate
of its common stock subsequent to the Closing Date.
5.05 Merger or Consolidation.
Merge or consolidate with any Person, except that, if after giving
effect thereto no Default would exist, this Section 5.05 shall not apply to any
merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary with any one or more other
Subsidiaries, provided that the continuing Person shall, after giving effect to
such merger or consolidation, be an Indebtedness-Free Subsidiary.
-26-
<PAGE> 27
5.06 Disposition of Assets.
Sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any
substantial part of the business or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, except (i) any disposition of assets to the Borrower, (ii) any
disposition of assets by any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary, and (iii) any
sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business.
5.07 Taxes of Other Persons.
(i) File a consolidated tax return with any other Person other than,
in the case of the Borrower, a Consolidated Subsidiary and, in the case of any
such Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary, or (ii) except as
required by Applicable Law, pay or enter into any Contract to pay any Taxes
owing by any Person other than the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary.
5.08 Benefit Plans.
(i) Unless the Required Banks shall have given their prior written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, have, or permit any
of its ERISA Affiliates to have, any Benefit Plan other than an Existing Benefit
Plan or (ii) permit any Existing Benefit Plan to be amended in any manner that
would create aggregate Unfunded Benefit Liabilities under any Existing Benefit
Plans.
5.09 Transactions with Affiliates.
Effect any transaction with any Affiliate (other than an Affiliate
which is a Corporate Guarantor) other than transactions in the ordinary course
of business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries than would be obtained in comparable arm's length
transactions.
5.10 Limitation on Restrictive Covenants.
Permit to exist, at any time, any consensual restriction limiting
the ability (whether by covenant, event of default, subordination or otherwise)
of any Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on shares
of its capital stock held by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
obligation owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (iii) make any loans or
advances to or investments in the Borrower or in any other Subsidiary, (iv)
transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary
or (v) create any Lien upon its property or assets whether now owned or
hereafter acquired or upon any income or profits therefrom, except that this
Section 5.10 shall not apply to Permitted Restrictive Covenants.
5.11 Prepayment of Indebtedness.
(i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease, retire or otherwise satisfy
in any manner prior to the scheduled maturity thereof any Indebtedness, other
than the Indebtedness under this Agreement or (ii) amend, modify or change in
any manner any term or condition of Indebtedness, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing other than to prepay
-27-
<PAGE> 28
any Indebtedness payable to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower
and any Subsidiary may after the Closing Date, after providing at least five
Business Days prior written notice to the Banks, make payments of Subordinated
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) $10,000,000, minus (y) the
sum of any repayments of Subordinated Indebtedness made, and Cash Charges taken
between February 1, 1997 and the Closing Date, minus (z) any Cash Charges taken
after the Closing Date provided, further, that at the time of such payment no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing. For example if
$3,000,000 is used for cash restructuring charges, then $7,000,000 can be used
to repay subordinated debt. If $2,000,000 is used for cash restructuring
charges, then $8,000,000 can be used to prepay subordinated debt.
5.12 Restructuring Charges.
Take any action or series of actions which would result, during the
period after the Closing Date, in (i) the taking of Restructuring Charges which
together with any Restructuring Charges taken since February 1, 1997 exceed
$15,000,000, or (ii) the taking of Cash Charges which together with any Cash
Charges taken since February 1, 1997 exceed an amount equal to $3,000,000, minus
the amount by which payments of Subordinated Indebtedness made after February 1,
1997 exceed $7,000,000.
5.13 Other Letters of Credit.
Request or permit the issuance or amendment of any letter of credit
for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than (i) the Letters of
Credit, (ii) amendments to Existing Letters of Credit, and (iii) in the event
either (x) it shall be unlawful or impractical for the Issuing Bank to issue any
Letters of Credit, or (y) the LC Commitment shall expire, then in either case,
the Borrower or any Subsidiary may request or permit the issuance or amendment
of letters of credit by Persons other than the Issuing Bank (a "Third Party
Letter of Credit") for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary so long as
the aggregate amount of the obligation of Borrower and its Subsiaries to
reimburse drawings under the Letters of Credit and Third Party Letters of Credit
does not exceed $20,000,0000.
ARTICLE 6.
Financial Covenants
Until the Repayment Date the Borrower shall not:
6.01 Ratio of Indebtedness to Capitalization.
Permit at any time the ratio of (i) Consolidated Indebtedness to
(ii) Consolidated Indebtedness plus Consolidated Stockholders Equity, to exceed
0.40 to 1.00 as measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter.
6.02 Fixed Charge Ratio.
Permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDAR minus Consolidated
Capital Expenditures to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges as determined as of the
last day of each fiscal
-28-
<PAGE> 29
quarter for the period of the four consecutive preceding fiscal quarters ending
on such day, to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.
6.03 Leverage Ratio.
Permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Debt to (ii)
Consolidated EBITDA as determined as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for
the period of the four consecutive preceding fiscal quarters ending on such day
to be greater than, or equal to, 3.25 to 1.00 through the fiscal year ending
January 31, 1998, and 3.00 to 1.00 thereafter.
6.04 Capital Expenditures.
During any fiscal year make, or be obligated at any time to make,
Capital Expenditures, in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, in excess of the sum of (i) $22,000,000
and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of Depreciation for the prior fiscal year.
6.05 Net Income.
Have an annual Adjusted Consolidated Net Income in an amount less
than zero for any fiscal year.
ARTICLE 7.
Information
7.01 Information to Be Furnished.
Until the Repayment Date the Borrower shall furnish to each Bank:
(a) Quarterly Financial Statements.
As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the close
of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of
the Borrower, commencing with the quarterly period ending May 2, 1998 the
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as
at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of
income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower and the Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal
year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the
previous fiscal year.
(b) Year-End Financial Statements; Accountants' Certificate.
As soon as available and in any event within 105 days after the end
of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending
January 31, 1998:
(i) the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related
consolidated statements of income,
-29-
<PAGE> 30
retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrower and the Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form the figures
as at the end of and for the previous fiscal year;
(ii) an unqualified audit report of an independent certified
public accountant of recognized standing satisfactory to the Required Banks, on
such of the financial statements referred to in clause (i) as are consolidated
financial statements, which report shall be in scope and substance satisfactory
to the Required Banks; and
(iii) a letter to the Borrower from such accountants in form
and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks (A) confirming that (1) the
Borrower is authorized to deliver their report referred to in clause (ii) to the
Banks pursuant to this Agreement and (2) it is their understanding that the
Banks are relying on such report and such certificate, (B) stating that they
have caused this Agreement to be reviewed and that, in making the examination
necessary for their report on such consolidated financial statements, nothing
came to their attention that caused them to believe that, as of the date of such
financial statements, any Default under Article 6 of this Agreement exists or,
if such is not the case, specifying such Default and its nature, when it
occurred and whether it is continuing and (C) having attached the calculations
required to establish whether or not the Borrower was in compliance with the
covenants contained in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05.
(c) Officer's Certificate as to Financial Statements and Defaults.
At the time that financial statements are furnished pursuant to
Section 7.01(a) or (b), a certificate of the president or chief financial
officer of the Borrower in the form of Schedule 7.01(c).
(d) Reports and Filings.
(i) Promptly, but in no event later than fifteen days after
receipt thereof, copies of any management letter, if any, submitted to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, or the Board of Directors of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, by its independent certified public accountants; and
(ii) as soon as practicable, but in no event more than fifteen
days after filing thereof, copies of all such financial statements and reports
as the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall send to its stockholders and of all
registration statements and all regular or periodic reports that the Borrower or
any Subsidiary shall file, or may be required to file, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any successor commission. (e) Projections.
No later than 30 days following the start of each fiscal year an
annual budget or forecast including a projected profit and loss statement,
balance sheet and cash flow statements along with a calculation of all covenants
on a quarterly basis.
-30-
<PAGE> 31
(f) Reprogramming.
On the first Business day of May and November of each year the
Borrower shall provide a report on the status of the Borrower's and each
Corporate Guarantor's efforts in reprogramming their warehouse computer systems
to permit the proper functioning of the Borrower's computer systems (or of
computer systems of others used by the Borrower) in and following the year 2000.
(g) Requested Information.
From time to time and promptly upon request of any Bank, such
Information regarding the Loan Documents, the Loans, the Letters of Credit or
the business, assets, Liabilities, financial condition, results of operations or
business prospects of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as such Bank may
request, in each case in form and substance and certified in a manner
satisfactory to the requesting Bank.
(h) Notice of Defaults; Material Adverse Changes and Other Matters.
Prompt notice of: (i) any Default or Event of Default, (ii) the
threatening or commencement of, or the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any change
or event relating to, any action, suit or proceeding that would cause the
Representation and Warranty contained in Section 3.06 to be incorrect if made at
such time, (iii) the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any change or event that
would cause the Representation and Warranty contained in Section 3.08 to be
incorrect if made at such time, and (iv) any event or condition referred to in
clauses (i)through (vii) of Section 8.01(g), whether or not such event or
condition shall constitute an Event of Default. Each notice pursuant to Section
7.01(h) (i)shall be accompanied by a statement of the president or chief
financial officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the occurrence
referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with
respect thereto.
7.02 Information.
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the Information
furnished to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks by or on behalf of the
Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date does not, and the Information furnished
to Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks by or on behalf of the Borrower after
the Closing Date will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made.
7.03 Additional Covenants Relating to Disclosure.
Until the Repayment Date the Borrower shall and shall cause each
Subsidiary to:
(a) Accounting Methods and Financial Records.
Maintain a system of accounting, and keep such books, records and
accounts (which shall be true and complete), as may be required or necessary to
permit (i) the preparation of financial statements required to be delivered
pursuant to Sections 7.01(a) and 7.01(b) and (ii) the determination of the
compliance of the Borrower with the terms of the Loan Documents.
-31-
<PAGE> 32
(b) Fiscal Year.
Maintain the same opening and closing dates for each fiscal year as
for the fiscal year reflected in the Base Financial Statements or, if the
opening and closing dates for the fiscal year reflected in the Base Financial
Statements were determined pursuant to a formula, determine the opening and
closing dates for each fiscal year pursuant to the same formula.
(c) Visits, Inspections and Discussions.
Permit representatives of any Bank, from time to time, as often as
may be reasonably requested, to visit and inspect its properties and its books
and records, and discuss with any Person its business, assets, Liabilities,
financial condition, results of operation and business prospects.
7.04 Authorization of Third Parties to Deliver Information and Discuss
Affairs.
The Borrower hereby authorizes and directs each Person whose
preparation or delivery to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks of any
opinion, report or other Information is a condition or covenant under the Loan
Documents (including under Article 2) to so prepare or deliver such Information
for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks. The Borrower
further authorizes and directs all Persons (i) to furnish to the Banks and the
Issuing Bank any Information regarding the matters referred to in Section
7.01(e) that any Bank may request, (ii) to permit representatives of any Bank to
make the visits and inspections of property, books and records within their
possession and control contemplated by Section 7.03(c) and (iii) to discuss with
representatives of any Bank the matters referred to in Section 7.03(c). The
Borrower agrees to promptly execute and deliver from time to time such further
authorizations to effect the purposes of this Section 7.04 as the Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Bank may reasonably request.
ARTICLE 8.
Default
8.01 Events of Default.
Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever
the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary, or
within or without the control of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any
order, rule or regulation of any governmental or nongovernmental body:
(a) Payments.
Any payment of principal of or interest on any of the Loans, the
Notes, with respect to the reimbursement of any Drawings, fees, or the
obligation to provide any cash collateralization of Contingent Reimbursement
Obligations, shall not be made when and as due (whether at maturity, by reason
of notice of prepayment or acceleration or otherwise) and in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document;
-32-
<PAGE> 33
(b) Representation and Warranties.
Any Representation and Warranty shall at any time prove to have been
untrue or misleading in any material respect when such Representation and
Warranty was made or was deemed to have been made;
(c) Covenants.
The Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of:
(i) any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in
Section 4.01 (insofar as such Section requires the preservation of the corporate
existence of the Borrower), 4.08, Article 5, Article 6, 7.01(h)(i), 7.03(b) or
7.03(c); or
(ii) any non-monetary term, covenant, condition or agreement
contained in this Agreement (other than a term, covenant, condition or agreement
a default in the performance or observance of which is elsewhere in this Section
specifically dealt with) and, if capable of being remedied, such default shall
continue unremedied for a period of 30 days;
(d) Other Indebtedness.
(i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay, in accordance
with its terms and when due and payable, any of the principal of or interest on
any of its Indebtedness (other than the Loans) having a then outstanding
principal amount in excess of $100,000, (ii) the maturity of any such shall, in
whole or in part, have been accelerated, or any such Indebtedness shall, in
whole or in part, have been required to be prepaid prior to the stated maturity
thereof, in accordance with the provisions of any Contract evidencing, providing
for the creation of or concerning such Indebtedness, or (iii) (A) any event
shall have occurred and be continuing that permits (or, with the giving of
notice would permit) any holder or holders of such Indebtedness, any trustee or
agent acting on behalf of such holder or holders or any other Person so to
accelerate such maturity or require any such prepayment and (B) if the Contract
evidencing, providing for the creation of or concerning such Indebtedness
provides for a cure period for such event, such event shall not be cured prior
to the end of such cure period;
(e) Contracts.
A default shall be continuing under any Contract (other than a
Contract relating to Indebtedness to which clause (d) of this Section 8.01 is
applicable) binding upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except a default that,
(i) shall have been contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves as required by GAAP
consistently applied have been established and maintained, or (ii) together with
all other such defaults, has not had and will not have a Materially Adverse
Effect on (x) the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole or
(y) any Loan Document;
(f) Insolvency.
(i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (A) commence a voluntary
case under the Federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect) , (B)
file a petition seeking to take
-33-
<PAGE> 34
advantage of any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts,
(C) consent to or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any
petition filed against it in an involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws or
other laws, (D) apply for, or consent to, or fail to contest in a timely and
appropriate manner, the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a
receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or the like of itself or of a
substantial part of its assets, domestic or foreign, (E) suspend or discontinue
its business, admit in writing its inability to pay, or generally not be paying,
its debts (other than those that are the subject of bona fide disputes) as they
become due, (F) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (G)
take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(ii) (A) A case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower or
any Subsidiary seeking (1) relief under the Federal bankruptcy laws (as now or
hereafter in effect) or under any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment
of debts, or (2) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator
or the like of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or of all or any substantial part
of the assets, domestic or foreign, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and such
case or proceeding shall continue undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60
days, or (B) an order granting the relief requested in such case or proceeding
against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including an order for relief under such
Federal bankruptcy laws) shall be entered;
(g) Judgments.
A judgment or order shall be entered against the Borrower or any
Subsidiary by any court, and (i) in the case of a judgment or order for the
payment of money, either (A) such judgment or order shall continue undischarged
and unstayed for a period of 10 days in which the aggregate amount of all such
judgments and orders exceeds $1,000,000 or (B) enforcement proceedings shall
have been commenced upon such judgment or order and (ii) in the case of any
judgment or order for other than the payment of money, such judgment or order
could, in the reasonable Judgment of the Required Banks, together with all other
such judgments or orders, have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower and
the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
(h) ERISA.
(i) Any Termination Event shall occur with respect to any Benefit
Plan of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA
Affiliates, (ii) any Accumulated Funding Deficiency, whether or not waived,
shall exist with respect to any such Benefit Plan, (iii) any Person shall engage
in any Prohibited Transaction involving any such Benefit Plan, (iv) the
Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall be in
"default" (as defined in ERISA Section 4219 (c) (5)) with respect to payments
owing to any such Benefit Plan that is a Multiemployer Benefit Plan as a result
of such Person's complete or partial withdrawal (as described in ERISA Section
4203 or 4205) therefrom, (v) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their
respective ERISA Affiliates shall fail to pay when due an amount that is payable
by it to the PBGC or to any such Benefit Plan under Title IV of ERISA, (vi) a
proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Benefit Plan against
the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to
enforce ERISA Section 515 and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed
within 30 days thereafter, or (vii) any other event or condition shall occur or
-34-
<PAGE> 35
exist with respect to any such Benefit Plan, except that no event or condition
referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) shall constitute an Event of Default if
it, together with all other such events or conditions at the time existing, has
not subjected, and in the reasonable determination of the Required Banks will
not subject, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Liability that, alone or in
the aggregate with all such Liabilities for all such Persons, exceeds $100,000.
(i) Reprogramming Efforts.
The Borrower or any Subsdiary shall fail to reprogram their computer
systems to permit the proper functioning of the computer systems of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries(or of computer systems of others used by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries) in and following the year 2000 and such failure results in an
aggregate loss of more than $1,000,000;
(j) Validity of Loan Documents.
The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall contest the validity of the
Loan Documents.
8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default.
(a) Insolvency Events of Default.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section
8.01(f), automatically and without any notice to the Borrower, (x) the principal
of and interest on the Loans, the Notes and the Drawings and all other amounts
owing under the Loan Documents shall be due and payable, (y) the Commitments
shall terminate and (z) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Contingent
Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding shall be due and payable to the Agent
to be held in accordance with Section 11.18.
(b) Payment Events of Default.
During the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default specified in Section 8.01(a), the Agent upon notice to the Borrower may,
and at the direction of the Required Banks, shall, do either or both of the
following: (i) declare, in whole or, from time to time, in part, the principal
of and interest on the Loans, the Notes and all other amounts owing under the
Loan Documents to be, and the Loans, the Notes and all such other amounts shall
thereupon and to that extent become, due and payable, (ii) terminate, in whole
or, from time to time, in part, the Commitments, and (iii) demand that the
Borrower deliver cash collateral to the Agent in an amount equal to the
aggregate amount of Contingent Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be
held in accordance with Section 11.18 and thereupon such amount shall become so
due and payable to the Agent.
(c) Other Events of Default.
During the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default (other than ones specified in Section 8.01(a), or in Section 8.01(f))
and in every such event, the Agent, at the direction of the Required Banks and
upon notice to the Borrower, shall do either or both of the following: (i)
declare, in whole or, from time to time, in part, the principal of and interest
on the Loans, the Notes and all other amounts owing under the Loan Documents to
be, and the
-35-
<PAGE> 36
Loans, the Notes and all such other amounts shall thereupon and to that extent
become, due and payable, (ii) terminate, in whole or, from time to time, in
part, the Commitments, and (iii) demand that the Borrower deliver cash
collateral to the Agent in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Contingent
Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding to be held in accordance with Section
11.18 and thereupon such amount shall become so due and payable to the Agent.
(d) Waiver of Presentment and Notice.
Presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (other than the
notice provided for in the first sentence of this Subsections 8.02(b) and
8.02(c) are hereby expressly waived.
8.03 Expenses.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall
reimburse the Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses connected with
such Event of Default including attorneys fees.
ARTICLE 9.
Additional Credit Facility Provisions
9.01 Mandatory Suspension and Conversion of LIBO Rate Loans.
A Bank's obligations to make, continue or convert into LIBO Rate
Loans of any Type shall be suspended, all such Bank's outstanding Loans of that
Type shall be converted on the last day of their applicable Interest Periods
(or, if earlier, in the case of clause (c) below, on the last day such Bank may
lawfully continue to maintain Loans of that Type or, in the case of clause (d)
below, on the day determined by such Bank to be the last Business Day before the
Closing Date of the applicable restriction) into, and all pending requests for
the making or continuation of or conversion into Loans of such Type by such Bank
shall be deemed requests for, Prime Rate Loans, and, in the case of clause
(c)(ii) below, the Issuing Bank's obligation to issue Letters of Credit shall be
suspended, if:
(a) on or prior to the determination of an interest rate for a LIBO
Rate Loan of that Type for any Interest Period, the Agent determines that for
any reason appropriate information is not available to it for purposes of
determining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period;
(b) on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for a LIBO
Rate Loan of that Type, such Bank determines that the Adjusted LIBO Rate as
determined by the Agent for such Interest Period would not accurately reflect
the cost to such Bank of making, continuing or converting into a LIBO Rate Loan
of such Type for such Interest Period;
(c) at any time any Regulatory Change (i) in the determination of
any Bank, makes it unlawful or impracticable for such Bank or its applicable
Lending Office to make, continue or convert into any LIBO Rate Loan of that
Type, or to comply with its obligations hereunder in respect thereof or (ii) in
the determination of the Issuing Bank, makes it unlawful or
-36-
<PAGE> 37
impracticable for the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit or to comply
with its obligations hereunder in respect thereof; or
(d) such Bank determines that, by reason of any Regulatory Change,
such Bank or its applicable Lending Office is restricted, directly or
indirectly, in the amount that it may hold of (i) a category of liabilities that
includes deposits by reference to which, or on the basis of which, the interest
rate applicable to LIBO Rate Loans of that Type is directly or indirectly
determined or (ii) the category of assets that includes LIBO Rate Loans of that
Type.
If, as a result of this Section 9.01, any Loan of any Bank that
would otherwise be made or maintained as or converted into a LIBO Rate Loan of
any Type for any Interest Period is instead made or maintained as or converted
into a Prime Rate Loan, then, unless the corresponding Loan of each of the other
Banks is also to be made or maintained as or converted into a Prime Rate Loan,
such Loan shall be treated as being a LIBO Rate Loan of such Type for such
Interest Period for all purposes of this Agreement (including the timing,
application and proration among the Banks of interest payments, conversions and
prepayments) except for the calculation of the interest rate borne by such Loan.
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each Bank of the existence or
occurrence of any condition or circumstance specified in clause (a) above, and
each Bank and the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent
of the existence or occurrence of any condition or circumstance specified in
clause (b), (c) or (d) above applicable to such Bank's Loans or, in the case of
the Issuing Bank, clause (c)(ii) above applicable to the Issuing Bank's
obligation to issue Letters of Credit, but the failure by the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or such Bank to give any such notice shall not affect such Bank's or the
Issuing Bank's rights hereunder.
9.02 Regulatory Changes.
If (a) any Regulatory Change, including a regulatory change that
subjects any Bank to any tax (other than a tax on such Bank's income), duty, or
other charge, or that changes the basis of taxation of the Loans, shall directly
or indirectly (i) (A) in the determination of any Bank, reduce the amount of any
sum received or receivable by such Bank with respect to any Loan or
Participation or the return to be earned by such Bank on any Loan or
Participation or (B) in the determination of the Issuing Bank, reduce the amount
of any sum received or receivable by the Issuing Bank with respect to any Letter
of Credit, Drawing or Contingent Reimbursement Obligation or the return to be
earned by the Issuing Bank on any Letter of Credit, Drawing or Contingent
Reimbursement Obligation, (ii)(A) in the determination of any Bank, impose a
cost on such Bank or any Affiliate of such Bank that is attributable to the
making or maintaining of, or such Bank's commitment to make or acquire, any Loan
or Participation, or (B) in the determination of the Issuing Bank, impose a cost
on the Issuing Bank or any of its Affiliates that is attributable to the
issuance or maintaining of, or the commitment to issue, any Letter of Credit or
the making or maintaining of any Drawing or Contingent Reimbursement obligation,
(iii)(A) in the determination of any Bank, require such Bank or any Affiliate of
such Bank to make any payment on or calculated by reference to the gross amount
of any amount received by such Bank under any Loan Document or (B) in the
determination of the Issuing Bank, require the Issuing Bank or any of its
Affiliates to make any payment on or calculated by reference to the gross amount
of any amount received by the Issuing Bank or any of its Affiliates in respect
of (1) any Letter of Credit, or its commitment to issue any Letter of Credit, or
(2) any Drawing or
-37-
<PAGE> 38
Contingent Reimbursement Obligation or (iv)(A) in the determination of any Bank,
reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the rate of return on the capital of
such Bank or any Affiliate of such Bank allocable to any Loan or Participation
or such Bank's commitment to make any Loan or acquire any Participation or (B)
in the determination of the Issuing Bank, reduce, or have the effect of
reducing, the rate of return on the capital of the Issuing Bank or any of its
Affiliates allocable to (1) any Letter of Credit, or its commitment to issue any
Letter of Credit, or (2) any Drawing or Contingent Reimbursement Obligation, and
(b) such reduction, increased cost or payment shall not be fully compensated for
by an adjustment in the applicable rates of interest payable under the Loan
Documents, then the Borrower shall pay to such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, such additional amounts as such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, determines will, together with any adjustment in the applicable
rates of interest payable hereunder, fully compensate for such reduction,
increased cost or payment. Such additional amounts shall be payable, in the case
of those applicable to prior periods, within 15 days after request by such Bank
or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such payment and, in the case of
those applicable to future periods, on the dates specified, or determined in
accordance with a method specified, by such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be. Each Bank and the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Borrower of
any determination made by them referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, but the
failure to give such notice shall not affect the right of such Bank or the
Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to compensation.
9.03 Risk-Based Capital Requirements.
If, under Applicable Law, interpretations, directives, requests and
guidelines (whether or not having the force of law) enacted, adopted or issued
pursuant to the framework for risk-based capital requirements adopted July 11,
1988 by the Basle Committee on Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices, (a)
in the determination of any Bank, such Bank or any of its Affiliates is required
to maintain capital on account of any Loan or Participation or such Bank's
commitment to make any Loan or acquire any Participation in a greater amount
than such Bank or such Affiliate would otherwise have been so required to
maintain on account thereof, or (b) in the determination of the Issuing Bank,
the Issuing Bank or any of its Affiliates is required to maintain capital on
account of (i) any Letter of Credit or its commitment to issue any Letter of
Credit or (ii) any Drawing or Contingent Reimbursement Obligation in a greater
amount than the Issuing Bank or such Affiliate otherwise would have been so
required to maintain on account thereof, then, upon request by such Bank or the
Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the Borrower shall from time to time
thereafter pay to such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such
additional amounts as such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
determines will fully compensate for any reduction in the rate of return on the
additional capital that such Bank, or its Affiliate, or the Issuing Bank, or its
Affiliate, as the case may be, is so required to maintain. Such additional
amounts shall be payable, in the case of those applicable to prior periods,
within 15 days after request by such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may
be, for such payment and, in the case of those relating to future periods, on
the dates specified, or determined in accordance with a method specified, by
such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.
9.04 Funding Losses.
The Borrower shall pay to each Bank, upon request, such amount or
amounts as such Bank determines are necessary to compensate it for any loss,
cost or expense incurred by it
-38-
<PAGE> 39
as a result of (i) any payment, prepayment or conversion of a LIBO Rate Loan on
a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBO Rate Loan or
(ii) a LIBO Rate Loan for any reason not being made or converted, or any payment
of principal thereof or interest thereon not being made, on the date therefor
determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement. At
the election of such Bank, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
but without duplication, such compensation on account of losses may include an
amount equal to the excess of (x) the interest that would have been received
from the Borrower under this Agreement on any amounts to be reemployed during an
Interest Period or its remaining portion over (y) the interest component of the
return that such Bank determines it could have obtained had it placed such
amount on deposit in the interbank Dollar market selected by it for a period
equal to such Interest Period or its remaining portion.
9.05 Certain Determinations.
In making the determinations contemplated by Sections 9.01, 9.02,
9.03 and 9.04, each Bank and the Issuing Bank may make such estimates,
assumptions, allocations and the like that such Person in good faith determines
to be appropriate, (provided however, that in making such determination such
Bank or Issuing Bank shall be entitled to assume a targeted return on capital
equal to fifteen percent (15%) per annum), and such Person's selection thereof
in accordance with this Section 9.05, and the determinations made by such Person
on the basis thereof, shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Borrower,
except, in the case of such determinations, for manifest errors in computation
or transmission. Each Bank and the Issuing Bank shall furnish to the Borrower
upon request a certificate outlining in reasonable detail the computation of any
amounts claimed by it under Sections 9.02, 9.03 and 9.04 and the assumptions
underlying such computations.
9.06 Change of Lending Office.
If an event occurs with respect to a Lending Office of any Bank or
the Issuing Bank that obligates the Borrower to pay any amount under Section
1.20, makes operable the provisions of clause (c) or (d) of Section 9.01 or
entitles such Person to make a claim under Sections 9.02 or 9.03, such Person
shall, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts to designate another
Lending Office or Offices the designation of which will reduce the amount the
Borrower is so obligated to pay, eliminate such operability or reduce the amount
such Person is so entitled to claim, provided that such designation would not,
in the sole and absolute discretion of such Person, be disadvantageous to such
Person in any manner or contrary to such Person's policies. Each Bank or the
Issuing Bank may at any time and from time to time change any Lending Office and
shall give notice of any such change to the Agent and the Borrower. Except in
the case of a change in Lending Offices made at the request of the Borrower, the
designation of a new Lending Office by any Bank or the Issuing Bank shall not
obligate the Borrower to pay any amount to such Person under Section 1.20, make
operable the provisions of clause (c) or (d) of Section 7.01 or entitle such
Person to make a claim under Sections 9.02 or 9.03 if such obligation, the
operability of such clause or such claim results solely from such designation
and not from a subsequent Regulatory Change.
ARTICLE 10.
-39-
<PAGE> 40
The Agent
10.01 Appointment and Powers.
Each Bank and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and
authorizes The Chase Manhattan Bank, and The Chase Manhattan Bank hereby agrees,
to act as the agent for such Person under the Loan Documents with such powers as
are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such other powers
as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent's duties shall be purely
ministerial and it shall have no duties or responsibilities except those
expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. The Agent shall not be required under
any circumstances to take any action that, in its judgment, (a) is contrary to
any provision of the Loan Documents or Applicable Law or (b) would expose it to
any Liability or expense against which it has not been indemnified to its
satisfaction. The Agent shall not, by reason of its serving as the Agent, be a
trustee or other fiduciary for any Bank or the Issuing Bank.
10.02 Limitation on Agent's Liability.
Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or
agents shall be liable or responsible for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them under or in connection with the Loan Documents, except for
its or their own gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violations of
law. The Agent shall not be responsible to any Bank or the Issuing Bank for (i)
any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in the Loan
Documents or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for
in, or received by any of the Banks or the Issuing Bank under, the Loan
Documents, (ii) the validity, effectiveness or enforceability of the Loan
Documents or any such certificate or other document or (iii) any failure by the
Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Loan Documents. The Agent
may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys- in- fact so long as
the Agent was not grossly negligent in selecting or directing such agents or
attorneys-in-fact. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification,
notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex,
telecopier, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed or given by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and
upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other
experts selected by the Agent. As to any matters not expressly provided for by
the Loan Documents, the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting,
or in refraining from acting, under the Loan Documents in accordance with
instructions signed by the Required Banks, and such instructions of the Required
Banks and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
on all of the Banks and the Issuing Bank.
10.03 Defaults.
The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of
a Default (other than the non-payment to it of principal of or interest on Loans
or fees) unless the Agent has received notice from a Bank, the Issuing Bank or
the Borrower specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice
of Default". In the event that the Agent has knowledge of such a non-payment or
receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default, the Agent shall give
prompt notice thereof to the Banks. In the event of any Default, the Agent may
(but shall not be
-40-
<PAGE> 41
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect
to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks
and the Issuing Bank.
10.04 Rights as a Bank.
Each Person acting as the Agent or Issuing Bank that is also a Bank
shall, in its capacity as a Bank, have the same rights and powers under the Loan
Documents as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not
acting as the Agent or Issuing Bank, and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall
include such Person in its individual capacity. Each Person acting as the Agent
or Issuing Bank (whether or not such Person is a Bank) and its Affiliates may
(without having to account therefor to any Bank) accept deposits from, lend
money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business
with the Borrower and its Affiliates as if it were not acting as the Agent or
Issuing Bank, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept fees and other
consideration from the Borrower and its Affiliates for services in connection
with the Loan Documents or otherwise without having to account for the same to
the Banks.
10.05 Indemnification.
The Banks agree to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed
by the Borrower hereunder), ratably on the basis of the respective principal
amounts of the Exposures of the Banks (or, if no Exposures are at the time
outstanding, ratably on the basis of their respective Commitments), for any and
all Liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever that may be imposed
on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent (including the costs and expenses
that the Borrower is obligated to pay hereunder) in any way relating to or
arising out of the Loan Documents or any other documents contemplated thereby or
referred to therein or the transactions contemplated thereby or the enforcement
of any of the terms thereof or of any such other documents, provided that no
Bank shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent (i) they are subject
to the indemnity contemplated by the last sentence of Section 11.09(b) or (ii)
they arise from gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violations of
law by the Agent.
10.06 Non-Reliance on Agent. Issuing Bank and Other Banks.
Each Bank and the Issuing Bank agree that it has made and will
continue to make, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it deems
appropriate, its own credit analysis of the Borrower and its own decision to
enter into the Loan Documents and to take or refrain from taking any action in
connection therewith. The Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as
to the performance or observance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents or any
other document referred to or provided for therein or to inspect the properties
or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. Except for notices, reports and
other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Banks
and the Issuing Bank by the Agent under the Loan Documents, the Agent shall have
no obligation to provide any Bank or the Issuing Bank with any information
concerning the business, status or condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
or the Loan Documents that may come into the possession of the Agent or any of
its Affiliates.
-41-
<PAGE> 42
10.07 Resignation of the Agent.
The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the
Banks, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. The Agent may at any time be removed
by the Majority Banks for willful misconduct or gross negligence. Upon receipt
of any such notice of resignation or such removal, as the case may be, the
Required Banks may, after consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor
Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Banks
and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks and the Issuing Bank and after consultation with the Borrower,
appoint a successor Agent. Upon the acceptance by any Person of its appointment
as a successor Agent, such Person shall thereupon succeed to and become vested
with all the rights, powers, privileges, duties and obligations of the retiring
Agent and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
as Agent under the Loan Documents. After any retiring Agent's resignation as
Agent, the provisions of this Article 10 shall continue in effect for its
benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it
was acting as the Agent.
ARTICLE 11.
Miscellaneous
11.01 Notices and Deliveries.
Except as otherwise expressly provided, all notices, communications
and materials to be given or delivered pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be
given or delivered in writing (which shall include telex and telecopy
transmissions) at the following respective addresses and telex and telecopier
numbers and to the attention of the following individuals or departments or at
such other address or telex, telecopier or telephone number or to the attention
of such other individual or department as the party to which such information
pertains may hereafter specify:
(a) if to the Borrower:
Lechters, Inc.
1 Cape May Street
Harrison, New Jersey 07029
Telephone No.: 973-481-1100 x209
Telecopier No.: 973-481-7330
Attention: John Smolak
Chief Financial Officer
and
Kathleen M. Guinnessey
Treasurer
with a copy to:
-42-
<PAGE> 43
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & Macrae
125 West 55th Street
New York, NY 10019-5389
Telephone No.: (212) 424-8238
Telecopier No.: (212) 424-8500
Attention: Alayne Serle, Esq.
if to the Agent:
The Chase Manhattan Bank
East 36 Midland Avenue
Paramus, New Jersey 07652
Telecopier: (201) 599-6755
Telephone: (201-599-6786
Attention: Catherine Brody and Sherry Misiak
and
The Chase Manhattan Bank
Loan & Agency Services
1 Chase Plaza
8th Floor
New York, NY 10081
Attention: Doris J. Mesa
Operations Officer
Telecopier: (212) 552-5650
Telephone: (212) 552-7265
Notices, communications and materials shall be deemed given or
delivered when delivered or received at the appropriate address or telex or
telecopy number to the attention of the appropriate individual or department
except that notices to be given (i) to the Agent or any Bank pursuant to
Sections 1.02, 1.03(c), 1.05, 1.08, 1.09(b), 1.14 and 1.19(b) shall not be
deemed given until received by the officer of the Agent or such Bank
responsible, at the time, for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) the
Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 1.08(a) shall not be deemed given or delivered
until received by the officer of the Issuing Bank responsible, at the time, for
the administration of the Issuing Bank's commitment hereunder to issue Letters
of Credit.
-43-
<PAGE> 44
(c) if to any Bank, to it at the address or telex or telecopier
number and to the attention of the individual or department, set forth below
such Bank's name under the heading "Notice Address" on Annex A or, in the case
of a Bank that becomes a Bank pursuant to an assignment, set forth under the
heading "Notice Address" in the Notice of Assignment given to the Borrower and
the Agent with respect to such assignment.
(d) if to the Issuing Bank at an address or telecopier number
different from that determined in accordance with clause (c) above with respect
to the Bank that is the Issuing Bank, to it at:
The Chase Manhattan Bank
Letter of Credit Department
55 Water Street, 17th floor
New York, NY 10041-0199
Telecopier: (212) 638-1058
Telephone: (212)638-3788
Attention: Carol Pandrella
11.02 Expenses; Indemnification.
(a) Whether or not any Credit Extensions are made hereunder, the
Borrower shall:
(b) pay or reimburse the Agent and the Issuing Bank and each Bank
for all transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes, and all recording and
filing fees and taxes, payable in connection with, arising out of, or in any way
related to, the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents or the
making of the Loans or the Drawings or the issuance of Letters of Credit;
(c) pay or reimburse the Agent and the Issuing Bank for all
reasonable costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of legal
counsel, appraisers, accountants and other experts employed or retained by such
Person) incurred by such Person in connection with, arising out of, or in any
way related to (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of (A)
the Loan Documents and (B) whether or not executed, any waiver, amendment or
consent thereunder or thereto, (ii) the administration of and any operations
under the Loan Documents, (iii) consulting with respect to any matter in any way
arising out of, related to, or connected with, the Loan Documents, including (A)
the protection, preservation, exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of
the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks under or related to the Loan Documents
or (B) the performance of any of the obligations of the Agent, the Issuing Bank
or the Banks under or related to the Loan Documents or (iv) protecting,
preserving, exercising or enforcing any of the rights of the Agent, the Issuing
Bank or the Banks under or related to the Loan Documents;
(d) pay or reimburse each Bank and the Issuing Bank for all costs
and expenses (including fees and disbursements of legal counsel and other
experts employed or retained by such Person) incurred by such Person in
connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to
-44-
<PAGE> 45
protecting, preserving, exercising or enforcing during a Default any of its
rights under or related to the Loan Documents; and
(e) indemnify and hold each Indemnified Person harmless from and
against all losses (including judgments, penalties and fines) suffered, and pay
or reimburse each Indemnified Person for all costs and expenses (including fees
and disbursements of legal counsel and other experts employed or retained by
such Indemnified Person) incurred, by such Indemnified Person in connection
with, arising out of, or in any way related to (i) any Loan Document Related
Claim (whether asserted by such Indemnified Person or the Borrower or any other
Person), including the prosecution or defense thereof and any litigation or
proceeding with respect thereto (whether or not, in the case of any such
litigation or proceeding, such Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or (ii)
any investigation, governmental or otherwise, arising out of, related to, or in
any way connected with, the Loan Documents or the relationships established
thereunder, except that the foregoing indemnity shall not be applicable to any
loss suffered by any Indemnified Person to the extent such loss is the result of
acts or omissions on the part of such Indemnified Person constituting (x) gross
negligence or (y) willful misconduct or (z) knowing violations of law.
11.03 Amounts Payable Due upon Request for Payment.
All amounts payable by the Borrower under Section 11.02 and under
the other provisions of the Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise expressly
provided, be immediately due upon request for the payment thereof.
11.04 Rights Cumulative.
Each of the rights and remedies of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and
the Banks under the Loan Documents shall be in addition to all of their other
rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and Applicable Law, and nothing in
the Loan Documents shall be construed as limiting any such rights or remedies.
11.05 Disclosures.
The Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may disclose to, and
exchange and discuss with, any other Person (the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the
Banks and each such other Person being hereby authorized to do so) any
information concerning the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether received by the
Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Banks or such other Person in connection with or
pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise) for the purpose of (i) complying
with Applicable Law, (ii) protecting, preserving, exercising or enforcing any of
their rights under or related to the Loan Documents, (iii) performing any of
their obligations under or related to the Loan Documents or (iv) consulting with
respect to any of the foregoing matters.
11.06 Amendments; Waivers.
Any term, covenant, agreement or condition of the Loan Documents may
be amended, and any right under the Loan Documents may be waived, if, but only
if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Required Banks
and, if the rights and duties of the Agent or the Issuing Bank are affected
thereby, by the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as
-45-
<PAGE> 46
the case may be, and, in the case of an amendment, by the Borrower; provided,
however, that no amendment or waiver shall be effective, unless in writing and
signed by each Bank affected thereby, to the extent it (i) changes the amount of
such Bank's Commitment, (ii) reduces (A) the principal of or rate of interest,
or (B) the fees payable to such Bank hereunder, (iii) postpones any date fixed
for (A) any payment of (1) principal of or interest or (2) the fees payable to
such Bank hereunder or (B) the expiration of any Letter of Credit if such
postponement would extend the expiration date of such Letter of Credit beyond
the Termination Date or (iv) amends the definition "Required Banks", Section
1.21, this Section 11.06 or any other provision of this Agreement requiring the
consent or other action of all of the Banks. Unless otherwise specified in such
waiver, a waiver of any right under the Loan Documents shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No
election not to exercise, failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right,
nor any course of dealing or performance, shall operate as a waiver of any right
of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank under the Loan Documents or
Applicable Law, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank under the Loan Documents or
Applicable Law.
11.07 Set-Off: Suspension of Payment and Performance.
The Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Bank is hereby authorized by
the Borrower, at any time and from time to time, without notice, during any
Event of Default, to set off against, and to appropriate and apply to the
payment of, the Liabilities of the Borrower under the Loan Documents (whether
owing to such Person or to any other Person that is the Agent, the Issuing Bank
or a Bank and whether matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent or liquidated or
unliquidated) any and all Liabilities owing by such Person or any of its
Affiliates to the Borrower (whether payable in Dollars or any other currency,
whether matured or unmatured and, in the case of Liabilities that are deposits,
whether general or special, time or demand and however evidenced and whether
maintained at a branch or office located within or without the United States).
11.08 Sharing of Recoveries.
Each Bank agrees that, if, for any reason, including as a result of
(i) the exercise of any right of counterclaim, set-off, banker's lien or similar
right, (ii) its claim in any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law being deemed secured by a Debt owed by it to the Borrower, including a claim
deemed secured under Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the allocation
of payments by the Agent or the Borrower in a manner contrary to the provisions
of Section 1.21, such Bank shall receive payment of a proportion of the
aggregate amount due and payable to it hereunder as principal, interest or
facility fees that is greater than the proportion received by any other Bank in
respect of the aggregate of such amounts due and payable to such other Bank
hereunder, then the Bank receiving such proportionately greater payment shall
purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have done simultaneously
upon the receipt of such payment) in the rights of the other Banks hereunder so
that all such recoveries with respect to such amounts due and payable hereunder
(net of costs of collection) shall be pro rata; provided that if all or part of
such proportionately greater payment received by the purchasing Bank is
thereafter recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from such Bank, such
purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such
participations shall be returned to such
-46-
<PAGE> 47
Bank to the extent of such recovery, but without interest (unless the purchasing
Bank is required to pay interest on the amount recovered to the Person
recovering such amount, in which case the selling Bank shall be required to pay
interest at a like rate) . The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing
arrangements and agrees that any holder of a participation in any rights
hereunder so purchased or acquired pursuant to this Section 11.08 shall, with
respect to such participation, be entitled to all of the rights of a Bank under
Sections 9.02, 8.03, 11.02 and 11.07 and may exercise any and all rights of
set-off with respect to such participation as fully as though the Borrower were
directly indebted to the holder of such participation for Loans in the amount of
such participation. Each Bank agrees to exercise any right of counterclaim,
set-off, banker's lien or similar right that it may have in respect of the
Borrower in a manner so as to apportion the amount subject to such exercise, on
a pro rata basis, between (i) obligations of the Borrower for amounts subject to
the sharing provisions of Section 11.08 and (ii) other Liabilities of the
Borrower.
11.09 Assignments and Participations.
(a) Assignments.
(i) The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or
obligations under the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the
Issuing Bank and each Bank, and no assignment of any such obligation shall
release the Borrower therefrom unless the Issuing Bank and each Bank shall have
consented to such release in a writing specifically referring to the obligation
from which the Borrower is to be released.
(ii) Each Bank may, from time to time, assign any or all of
its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to one or more Eligible
Assignees; provided that, except in the case of the grant of a security interest
to a Federal Reserve Bank (which may be made without condition or restriction),
no such assignment shall be effective unless the assignment is consented to by
the Agent whose such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and (unless an
Event of Default exists) by the Borrower whose consent shall not unreasonably be
withheld. The assigning Bank shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, a Notice
of Assignment to the Borrower and the Agent together with a fee of $1,000
payable to the Agent, which Notice of Assignment shall set forth the Notice
Address, the Domestic Lending Office and the Eurodollar Lending Office of the
assignee Bank. In the event of any effective assignment by a Bank, the Borrower
shall, against receipt of the existing Notes of the assignor Bank, issue new
Notes to the assignee Bank and, in the case of a partial assignment, to the
assignor Bank, appropriately reflecting such assignment.
(b) Participations.
Each Bank may from time to time sell or otherwise grant
participations in any or all of its rights and obligations under the Loan
Documents without the consent of the Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
any other Bank. In the event of any such grant by a Bank of a participation,
such Bank's obligations under the Loan Documents to the other parties thereto
shall remain unchanged, such Bank shall remain solely responsible for the
performance thereof, and the Borrower, the Agent and the other Banks may
continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such
Bank's rights and obligations thereunder. A Bank may not
-47-
<PAGE> 48
grant to any holder of a participation the right to require such Bank to take or
omit to take any action under the Loan Documents, except that a Bank may grant
to any such holder the right to require such holder's consent to (i) reduce (A)
the principal of or the rate of interest or (B) the fees payable to such Bank
hereunder, (ii) postpone any date fixed for (A) any payment of (1) principal of
or interest or (2) the fees payable to such Bank hereunder or (B) the expiration
of any Letter of Credit if such postponement would extend the expiration date of
such Letter of Credit beyond the Termination Date, (iii) permit the Borrower to
assign any of its obligations under the Loan Documents to any other Person. Each
holder of a participation in any rights under the Loan Documents, if and to the
extent the applicable participation agreement so provides, shall, with respect
to such participation, be entitled to all of the rights of a Bank as fully as
though it were a Bank under Sections 1.20, 9.02, 9.03, 9.04, 8.03, 11.02 and
11.06 (subject to any conditions imposed on a Bank hereunder with respect
thereto, including delivery of the forms and certificates required under Section
1.20(c)) and may exercise any and all rights of set-off with respect to such
participation as fully as though the Borrower were directly indebted to the
holder of such participation for Loans in the amount of such participation;
provided, however, that no holder of a participation shall be entitled to any
amounts that would otherwise be payable to it with respect to its participation
under Section 1.20 or 9.02 unless (x) such amounts are payable in respect of
Regulatory Changes that are enacted, adopted or issued after the date the
applicable participation agreement was executed or (y) such amounts would have
been payable to the Bank that granted such participation if such participation
had not been granted. Each Bank selling or granting a participation shall
indemnify the Borrower and the Agent for any Taxes and Liabilities that they may
sustain as a result of such Bank's failure to withhold and pay any Taxes
applicable to payments by such Bank to its participant in respect of such
participation.
11.10 Governing Law.
This Agreement and the Notes (including matters relating to the
Maximum Permissible Rate) shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
the law of the State of New York (without giving effect to its choice of law
principles).
11.11 Judicial Proceedings: Waiver of Jury Trial.
The Borrower agrees that any judicial proceeding brought against it
with respect to any Loan Document Related Claim may be brought in any court of
competent jurisdiction in the City of New York and irrevocably waives any
objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such proceeding
brought in such a court or that such a court is an inconvenient forum. The
Borrower waives personal service of process and consents that service of process
upon it may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
at its address specified or determined in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11.01, and service so made shall be deemed completed on the third
Business Day after such service is deposited in the mail. Any judicial
proceeding by the Borrower against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank
involving any Loan Document Related Claim shall be brought only in a court
located in, in the case of the Agent, the City and State of New York and, in the
case of a Bank or the Issuing Bank, the jurisdiction in which such Person's
principal United States office is located. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT, THE ISSUING
BANK AND EACH BANK HEREBY WAIVE
-48-
<PAGE> 49
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY LOAN DOCUMENT RELATED
CLAIM.
11.12 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
NEITHER THE AGENT NOR THE ISSUING BANK NOR THE BANKS NOR ANY OTHER
INDEMIFIED PERSON SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO, AND THE BORROWER
HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE FOR, ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT RELATED CLAIM.
11.13 Severability of Provisions.
Any provision of the Loan Documents that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective
to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining provisions thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such
provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law,
the Borrower hereby waives any provision of Applicable Law that renders any
provision of the Loan Documents prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.
11.14 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto
were upon the same instrument.
11.15 Survival of Obligations.
Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, the rights and
obligations of the Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Banks and the
other Indemnified Persons under the Loan Documents shall survive the Repayment
Date.
11.16 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement among the
Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks relating to the subject
matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, representations and
understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof.
11.17 Successors and Assigns.
All of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.
11.18 Cash Collateral.
If, at any time, cash collateralization of Contingent Reimbursement
Obligations shall be required pursuant to any provision of any of the Loan
Documents, such cash
-49-
<PAGE> 50
collateralization shall be made by deposit of funds in Dollars, in the amount of
such payment or prepayment, into an interest bearing cash collateral account at
the Agent's Office, which account shall be under the dominion and control of the
Agent and is hereby pledged to the Banks and the Issuing Bank as security for
the payment of the Contingent Reimbursement Obligations and any other amounts
that may become payable hereunder. Funds deposited in such account, and any
income thereon, may be applied by the Agent against amounts payable under the
Loan Documents as such amounts become due. Any funds remaining in such account
when all Contingent Reimbursement Obligations and other amounts payable under
the Loan Documents have been paid shall be returned to the Borrower.
11.19 Consent to Guaranties.
By execution of this Agreement, the Borrower evidences its consent
to the execution and delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty by each of the
Corporate Guarantors.
ARTICLE 12.
Interpretation
12.01 Defined Terms.
For the purposes of this Agreement:
"Accumulated Funding Deficiency" has the meaning ascribed to that
term in Section 302 of ERISA.
"Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" for any year means (i) the
Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such year, plus (ii) Restructuring
Charges actually taken by the Borrower during such year up to a cumulative
aggregate of $15,000,000 of such charges taken after February 1, 1997 though the
Termination Date.
"Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate" means, with respect to any
Interest Period, a rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%)
calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which is the London Interbank Offered
Rate and the denominator of which is one minus the Eurocurrency Reserve
Requirements.
"Adjustment Date" means the Closing Date and thereafter the date
which is two Business Days after the earlier to occur of (a) the date upon which
the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 7.01(a) or 7.01(b), as
the case may be, and the accompanying officer's certificate required pursuant to
Section 7.01(c), for the fiscal period most recently ended are delivered and (b)
the date upon which such financial statements and officer's certificate for such
fiscal period were required to be delivered; provided that, in the event that
such financial statements and officer's certificate are not delivered on or
prior to the date when due, the date which is two Business Days after such
financial statements and officer's certificate are actually delivered also shall
constitute an "Adjustment Date".
"Affiliate" means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that,
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common
-50-
<PAGE> 51
control with, such first Person; unless otherwise specified, "Affiliate" means
an Affiliate of the Borrower.
"Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent for the Banks under
the Loan Documents, and any successor Agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.07.
"Agent's Fee Letter" means the letter agreement dated on the Closing
Date between the Borrower and The Chase Manhattan Bank.
"Agent's Office" means the address of the Agent specified in or
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.01.
"Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, including all schedules,
annexes and exhibits hereto.
"Applicable Law" means, anything in Section 11.10 to the contrary
notwithstanding, (a) all applicable common law and principles of equity and (b)
all applicable provisions of all (i) constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations
and orders of governmental bodies, (ii) Governmental Approvals and (iii) orders,
decisions, judgments and decrees of all courts (whether at law or in equity or
admiralty) and arbitrators.
"Applicable LIBO Rate Margin" means the amount determined as such
pursuant to Section 1.16(a).
"Applicable Prime Rate Margin" means the amount determined as such
pursuant to Section 1.16(a).
"Application" means a request for the issuance or amendment of a
Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity either (a) in the form of Schedule 1.08
or (b) in such other form as the Issuing Bank shall require.
"Bank" means (a) any Person listed on the signature pages hereof
following the Agent and (b) any Person that has been assigned any or all of the
rights or obligations of a Bank pursuant to Section 11.09(a).
"Bank Nonparticipation" means (a) the inability of any Bank to
acquire any Participation pursuant to Section 1.08(b) or to make any payment
required by it under Section 1.10(a) because of such Bank's having been subject
to receivership, insolvency or other similar laws, (ii) the refusal of any Bank
to acquire any Participation pursuant to Section 1.08(b) or to make any payment
required by it under Section 1.10(a) or (iii) the giving by any Bank to the
Issuing Bank of any notice (which has not been retracted) of its intention not
to so acquire any Participation or to make any such required payment.
"Bank Tax" means any income or franchise tax imposed upon any Bank
by any Jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which such Bank or any
of its Lending Offices is located.
-51-
<PAGE> 52
"Base Financial Statements" means the audited, consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries for February 1, 1997 and
the related statements of income, retained earnings and, as applicable, changes
in financial position or cash flows for the fiscal year ended with the date of
such balance sheet.
"Benefit Plan" of any Person, means, at any time, any employee
benefit plan (including a Multiemployer Benefit Plan) , the funding requirements
of which (under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) are, or at any
time within six years immediately preceding the time in question were, in whole
or in part, the responsibility of such Person.
"Borrower" means Lechters, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which banks in New York City are authorized to close.
"Capital Security" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any share
of capital stock of such Person or (ii) any security convertible into, or any
option, warrant or other right to acquire, any share of capital stock of such
Person.
"Capitalized Lease" means any lease the obligation for Rentals with
respect to which is required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee
in accordance with GAAP.
"Capitalized Rentals" means as of the date of any determination the
amount determined in accordance with GAAP at which the aggregate Rentals due and
to become due under all Capitalized Leases under which the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is a lessee would be reflected as a liability on a consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, but excluding industrial
revenue bond financing and pollution control bond financing.
"Cash Charge" for any Person means reserves taken in accordance with
GAAP related to (i) payments for severance to employees of such Person, and (ii)
Landlord Buyouts by such Person, relating to the closings of stores.
"Clean-Up Period" means with respect to any calendar year, the
period of sixty consecutive days, which period shall end not later than May 31
of such year, that the Borrower shall specify as the Clean-Up Period for such
year by notice to the Agent.
"Closing Date" means the date all of the conditions precedent set
forth in the definitive loan documentation are satisfied.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
"Commitment" of any Bank means its Loan Commitment and its LC
Commitment.
"Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means for any period capital
expenditures, as defined in GAAP, of the Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries made or obligated to be made during such period.
-52-
<PAGE> 53
"Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of (a)
Consolidated Net Income for such period and (b) to the extent deducted in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, interest expense, income
tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense plus Noncash Charges.
"Consolidated EBITDAR" means, for any period, the sum of (i)
Consolidated Net Income for such period and (ii) to the extent deducted in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, interest expense, rent
expense, income tax expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense plus
Noncash Charges.
"Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, for any period, the sum of (a)
the aggregate amount of principal payments of Indebtedness scheduled to have
been made by the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period,
determined on a consolidated basis, (b) to the extent deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income for such period, income taxes, interest expense and rent
expense and (c) the aggregate amount expended during such period to purchase,
redeem or retire the common stock of the Borrower.
"Consolidated Funded Debt" means, at any time, (i) all Indebtedness
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for borrowed money having a
final maturity of more than one year from the date of origin thereof (or which
is renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor for a period or periods
more than one year from the date of origin and including at all times any
Indebtedness under this Agreement), including all payments in respect thereof
that are required to be made within one year from the date of any determination
of Consolidated Funded Debt, (ii) all Capitalized Rentals of the Borrwer and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries and (iii) all guaranties by the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries of debt of others of the type described in clauses (i)
or (ii) of this definition.
"Consolidated Indebtedness" means, at any time, the consolidated
Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such time.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the amount of
consolidated net income of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries for
such period (taken as a cumulative whole) provided that there shall be excluded:
(a) any net income (or net loss) of a Consolidated Subsidiary (i) for any period
during which it was not a Consolidated Subsidiary or (ii), in case of any such
net income, to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by that Consolidated Subsidiary is not at the time
permitted by operation of the terms of any Contract or Applicable Law; (b) any
net income (or net loss) of any Person (other than a Consolidated Subsidiary) in
which the Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary has an ownership interest,
except to the extent that any such income has actually been received by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash dividends or similar
distributions; (c) any restoration of any contingency reserve, except to the
extent that provision for such reserve was made out of income during such
period; (d) any write-up of any asset; (e) any net gains resulting from the
extinguishment or defeasance of any Indebtedness; (f) any earnings from
discontinued businesses; and (g) any extraordinary gains or losses (excluding
from such extroradinary losses any Restructuring Charges).
-53-
<PAGE> 54
"Consolidated Stockholders Equity" means means stockholders equity
of the Borrower determined on a consolidated basis as defined by GAAP.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" at any time means any Subsidiary of the
Borrower the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the Borrower
in its consolidated financial statements as of such time.
"Contingent Reimbursement Obligation" means, with respect to a
Letter of Credit or any Steamship Indemnity, at any time, the amount of the
contingent obligation of the Borrower, at such time, to reimburse the Issuing
Bank for any Drawing that may be made under such Letter of Credit or Steamship
Indemnity.
"Contract" means (a) any agreement (whether bilateral or unilateral
or executory or nonexecutory and whether a Person entitled to rights thereunder
is so entitled directly or as a third party beneficiary), including an
indenture, lease or license, (b) any deed or other instrument of conveyance, (c)
any certificate of incorporation or charter and (d) any by-law.
"Corporate Guarantors" means at any time the Subsidiaries of the
Borrower which have executed the Subsidiary Guaranty or a Subsidiary Guaranty
Supplement.
"Credit Extension" means (a) the making by any Bank of any Loan, (b)
the issuance by the Issuing Bank of any Letter of Credit, or the (c) the
issuance of any Steamship Indemnity by the Issuing Bank.
"Debt" means any Liability that constitutes "debt" or "Debt" under
section 101(11) of the Bankruptcy Code or under the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any analogous Applicable
Law.
"Default" means any condition or event that constitutes an Event of
Default or that with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would, unless
cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
"Depreciation" means depreciation as that term is defined by GAAP
but excluding from such definition any Restructuring Charges.
"Dollars" and the sign "$" mean lawful money of the United States
of America.
"Domestic Lending Office" means (a) as applied to a Bank, (i)the
branch or office of such Bank set forth below such Bank's name under the heading
"Domestic Lending Office" on Annex A or, in the case of a Bank that becomes a
Bank pursuant to an assignment, the branch or office of such Bank set forth
under the heading "Domestic Lending Office", in the Notice of Assignment given
to the Borrower and the Agent with respect to such assignment or (ii) such other
branch or office of such Bank designated by such Bank from time to time as the
branch or office at which its Prime Rate Loans and Participations are to be made
or maintained and (b) as applied to the Issuing Bank, if such branch or office
is different from the Domestic Lending Office of the Bank that is the Issuing
Bank, (i) the branch or office of the Issuing Bank set forth below the name of
the Bank that is the Issuing Bank under the heading "Issuing Bank Domestic
Lending Offices" on Annex A or (i) such other branch or office of such Bank
designated by the
-54-
<PAGE> 55
Issuing Bank from time to time as the branch or office at which Contingent
Reimbursement Obligations and Drawings are to be made or maintained.
"Domestic Note" means any promissory note in the form of Exhibit
A-1.
"Drawing" means any amount disbursed by the Issuing Bank under a
Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity.
"Eligible Assignee" means (a) any commercial bank, savings and loan
institution or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, or
any State thereof, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of
$100,000,000, (b) any commercial bank organized under the laws of any other
country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development ("OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such country, and having
combined capital and surplus (or the equivalent thereof under the accounting
principles applicable thereto) in excess of $100,000,000, provided that such
bank is acting through a branch, agency or Affiliate located in the country in
which it is organized or another country that is also a member of the OECD, or
(c) the central bank of any country that is a member of the OECD.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
"ERISA Affiliate" mean, with respect to any Person, any other
Person, including a Subsidiary or other Affiliate of such first Person, that is
a member of any group of organizations within the meaning of Code Sections
414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of which such first Person is a member.
"Eurocurrency Reserve Requirement" means the percentage (expressed
as a decimal) of reserves that applicable United States laws would require the
Banks to maintian with respect to liabilities incurred on the London Interbank
market including, without limitation, reserves required under Regulation D of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for eurocurrency
liabilities without benefit of or credit for pro-ration, exception, or offsets
otherwise available from time to time under such regulation.
"Eurodollar Business Day" means any Business Day on which dealings
in Dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market and on which
commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including
dealings in Dollar deposits) in London, England.
"Eurodollar Lending Office" means (a) as applied to any Bank (i) the
branch or office of such Bank set forth below such Bank's name under the heading
Eurodollar Lending Office" on Annex A or, in the case of a Bank that becomes a
Bank pursuant to an assignment, the branch or office of such Bank set forth
under the heading Eurodollar Lending Office" in the Notice of Assignment given
to the Borrower and the Agent with respect to such assignment or (ii) such other
branch or office of such Bank designated by such Bank from time to time as the
branch or office at which its LIBO Rate Loans and Participations are to be made
or maintained and (b) as applied to the Issuing Bank, if such branch or office
is different from the Eurodollar Lending Office of the Bank that is the Issuing
Bank, (i) the branch or office of the Issuing Bank set forth below the name of
the Bank that is the Issuing Bank under the heading "Issuing Bank
-55-
<PAGE> 56
Eurodollar Lending Office" on Annex A or (ii) such other branch or office of
such Bank designated by the Issuing Bank from time to time as the branch or
office at which Contingent Reimbursement Obligations and Drawings are to be made
or maintained.
"Eurodollar Note" means any promissory note in the form of Exhibit
A-2.
"Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section
8.01.
"Existing Benefit Plan" means any Benefit Plan listed on Schedule
4.16.
"Existing Guaranty" means (a) any Guaranty set forth on Schedule
5.02, and (b) any Guaranty that constitutes a renewal, extension or replacement
of an Existing Guaranty, but only if (i) at the time such Guaranty is entered
into and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default would exist, (ii)
such Guaranty is binding only on the obligor or obligors under the Guaranty so
renewed, extended or replaced, (iii) the principal amount of the obligations
Guaranteed by such Guaranty does not exceed the principal amount of the
obligations Guaranteed by the Guaranty so renewed, extended or replaced at the
time of such renewal, extension or replacement and (iv) the obligations
Guaranteed by such Guaranty bear interest at a rate per annum not exceeding the
rate borne by the obligations Guaranteed by the Guaranty so renewed, extended or
replaced except for any increase that is commercially reasonable at the time of
such increase.
"Existing Letter of Credit" means, to the extent set forth on
Schedule 5.13, any letter of credit for the account of the Borrower which has
not expired, terminated or been fully drawn upon prior to the Closing Date and
the final expiration date of which is not later than 60 days after the Closing
Date.
"Existing Letter of Credit Amount" at any time means an amount equal
to the amount of the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower to
reimburse any Person for any disbursement under the Existing Letters of Credit.
"Exposure" of any Bank means its Loan Exposure and its LC
Exposure.
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the weighted average of the
rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or,
if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such rate is not so published for any
day that is a Business Day, the average of quotations for such day on such
transactions received by The Chase Manhattan Bank from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by such bank.
"Foreign Assets" of any Person means assets located outside
(including amounts payable by obligors located outside) the United States and
Canada, except foreign receivables payable in United States dollars or in
currencies which are freely convertible into United States dollars and which are
due within twelve months from obligors located in countries which do not
restrict the transfer of funds for the payment of such receivables.
-56-
<PAGE> 57
"Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or "GAAP" means (i) in
the case of the Base Financial Statements, generally accepted accounting
principles at the time of the issuance of the Base Financial Statements and (ii)
in all other cases, the accounting principles followed in the preparation of the
Base Financial Statements.
"Governmental Approval" means any authorization, consent, approval,
license or exemption of, registration or filing with, or report or notice to,
any governmental unit.
"Guaranty" of any Person means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person (a) to pay any Liability of any other Person or to
otherwise protect, or having the practical effect of protecting, the holder of
any such Liability against loss (whether such obligation arises by virtue of
such Person being a partner of a partnership or participant in a joint venture
or by agreement to pay, to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services or to take or pay, or otherwise) or (b) incurred in connection with the
issuance by a third Person of a Guaranty of any Liability of any other Person
(whether such obligation arises by agreement to reimburse or indemnify such
third Person or otherwise) . The word Guarantee when used as a verb has the
correlative meaning.
"Indebtedness" of any Person means (in each case, whether such
obligation is with full or limited recourse) (a) any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money, (b) any obligation of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (c) any
obligation of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services, except a trade account payable that arises in the ordinary course of
business but only if and so long as the same is payable on customary trade
terms, (d) any obligation of such Person as lessee under a capital lease, (e)
any Mandatorily Redeemable Stock of such Person owned by any Person other than
such Person or an Indebtedness-Free Subsidiary of such Person (the amount of
such Mandatorily Redeemable Stock to be determined for this purpose as the
higher of the liquidation preference of and the amount payable upon redemption
of such Mandatorily Redeemable Stock), (f) any obligation of such Person to
purchase securities or other property that arises out of or in connection with
the sale of the same or substantially similar securities or property, (g) any
non-contingent obligation of such Person to reimburse any other Person in
respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or other Guaranty issued by
such other Person to the extent that such reimbursement obligation remains
outstanding after it becomes non-contingent, (h) any obligation with respect to
an interest rate or currency swap or similar obligation obligating such Person
to make payments, whether periodically or upon the happening of a contingency,
except that if any agreement relating to such obligation provides for the
netting of amounts payable by and to such Person thereunder or if any such
agreement provides for the simultaneous payment of amounts by and to such
Person, then in each such case, the amount of such obligation shall be the net
amount thereof, (i) any Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the
holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to
be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such Person and (j) any Indebtedness of
others Guaranteed by such Person.
"Indebtedness-Free Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary (a) all of the
Capital Securities, other ownership interests and rights to acquire ownership
interests of which are owned or controlled by the Borrower, by one or more other
Indebtedness-Free Subsidiaries or by the Borrower and one or more other
Indebtedness-Free Subsidiaries and (b) that has no
-57-
<PAGE> 58
Indebtedness other than the Loans and Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or
another Indebtedness-Free Subsidiary.
"Indemnified Person" means any Person that is, or at any time was,
the Agent, the Issuing Bank, a Bank, an Affiliate of any such Person or a
shareholder, director, officer, employee, agent, subsidiary of any such Person.
"Information" means data, certificates, reports, statements
(including financial statements), opinions of counsel, documents and other
information.
"Interest Payment Date" means the last day of January, April, July
and October of each year.
"Interest Period" means a period commencing, in the case of the
first Interest Period applicable to a LIBO Rate Loan, on the date of the making
of, or conversion into, such Loan, and, in the case of each subsequent,
successive Interest Period applicable thereto, on the last day of the
immediately preceding Interest Period, and ending, depending on the Type of Loan
on the same day in the first, second or third calendar month thereafter, except
that (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a
Eurodollar Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar
Business Day unless such Eurodollar Business Day falls in another calendar
month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding
Eurodollar Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last
Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which such Interest
Period ends) shall end on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month.
"Investment" of any Person means (a) any Capital Security, evidence
of Indebtedness or other security or instrument issued by any other Person, (b)
any loan, advance or extension of credit to, or any contribution to the capital
of, any other Person and (c) any other investment in any other Person. An
Investment shall be deemed to be "outstanding", except to the extent that it has
been paid or otherwise satisfied in cash or the Person making such Investment
has received cash in consideration for the sale thereof, notwithstanding the
fact that such Investment may otherwise have been forgiven, released, canceled
or otherwise nullified.
"Issuing Bank" means the Bank that, with its consent and the consent
of each existing Issuing Bank, if any, is designated as such by the Borrower;
provided that the Issuing Bank may execute any of its duties under this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents by or through agents. On the Closing Date
such Bank is The Chase Manhattan Bank.
"Landlord Buyouts" means payments to landlords in settlement or
satisfaction of the obligation to pay rent on a lease for a store which is being
closed.
"LC Commitment" of any Bank means the amount set forth opposite such
Bank's name under the heading "LC Commitment" on Annex A or, in the case of a
Bank that becomes a Bank pursuant to an assignment, the amount of the assignor's
LC Commitment assigned to such Bank, in either case, as the same may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 1.14 or increased or reduced from time to
time pursuant to assignments in accordance with Section 11.09(a).
-58-
<PAGE> 59
"LC Exposure" of a Bank means the sum of (a) the aggregate at such
time of the Letter of Credit Amounts of such Bank, (b) the aggregate at such
time of the Steamship Indemnity Amounts of such Bank, (c) the Bank's aggregate
potential obligations with respect to any Draw made under any Existing Letter of
Credit.
"LC Line Termination Date" means March 26, 1999 or any extension of
that date as agreed to by all the Banks at their sole discretion.
"Lending Office" of any Bank or the Issuing Bank means the Domestic
Lending Office or the Eurodollar Lending Office of such Bank.
"Letter of Credit" means a letter of credit issued by the Issuing
Bank pursuant to Section 1.07(a).
"Letter of Credit Amount" of a Participating Bank in a Letter of
Credit or Steamship Indemnity in which it has a Participation means, at any
time, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Drawings under such Letter of Credit or Steamship
Indemnity at such time and (ii) the amount of the Contingent Reimbursement
Obligation with respect to such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity at such
time multiplied by (b) such Participating Bank's Participating Bank Percentage
with respect to such Letter of Credit or Steamship Indemnity.
"Leverage Ratio" has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section
1.16(a)
"Liability" of any Person means (in each case, whether with full or
limited recourse) any indebtedness, liability, obligation, covenant or duty of
or binding upon, or any term or condition to be observed by or binding upon,
such Person or any of its assets, of any kind, nature or description, direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, due or not due, contractual or tortious,
liquidated or unliquidated, whether arising under Contract, Applicable Law, or
otherwise, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether for the
payment of money or the performance or nonperformance of any act.
"LIBO Rate" means, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum
determined by the Agent to be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the
next higher 1/16 of it) of the rates per annum determined, respectively, by each
Reference Bank to be the rate at which such Reference Bank offered or would have
offered to place with first-class banks in the London interbank market deposits
in Dollars in amounts comparable to the LIBO Rate Loan of such Reference Bank to
which such Interest Period applies, for a period equal to such Interest Period,
at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Eurodollar Business Day before the
first day of such Interest Period. If any Reference Bank is unable or otherwise
fails to furnish the Agent with appropriate rate information in a timely manner,
the Agent shall determine the LIBO Rate based on the rate information furnished
by the remaining Reference Banks.
"LIBO Rate Loan" mean any Loan the interest on which is, or is to
be, as the context my require, computed on the basis of the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
"Lien" means, with respect to any property or asset (or any income
or profits therefrom) of any Person (in each case whether the same is consensual
or nonconsensual or
-59-
<PAGE> 60
arises by Contract, operation of law, legal process or otherwise) (a) any
mortgage, encumbrance, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement (excluding demand deposit accounts maintained for operational
purposes in the ordinary course of business), attachment, levy, preference,
priority, charge or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any
kind whatsoever thereupon or in respect thereof (including, without limitation,
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and Financing Lease
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the
filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or
comparable law of any jurisdiction in respect of any of the foregoing), or (b)
any other arrangement, express or implied, under which the same is subordinated,
transferred, sequestered or otherwise identified so as to subject the same to,
or make the same available for, the payment or performance of any Liability in
priority to the payment of the ordinary, unsecured Liabilities of such Person.
For the purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a
Lien any asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor
or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title
retention agreement relating to such asset.
"Loan" means any amount advanced by a Bank pursuant to Section 1.01.
"Loan Commitment" of any Bank means the amount set forth opposite
such Bank's name under the heading "Loan Commitment" on Annex A or, in the case
of a Bank that becomes a Bank pursuant to an assignment, the amount of the
assignor's Loan Commitment assigned to such Bank, in either case, as the same
may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 1.14 or increased or
reduced from time to time pursuant to assignments in accordance with Section
11.09(a).
"Loan Document Related Claim" means any claim or dispute (whether
arising under Applicable Law, including any "environmental" or similar law,
under Contract or otherwise and, in the case of any proceeding relating to any
such claim or dispute, whether civil, criminal, administrative or otherwise) in
any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, the Loan Documents, the
relationships established thereunder or any actions or conduct thereunder or
with respect thereto, whether such claim or dispute arises or is asserted before
or after the Closing Date or before or after the Repayment Date.
"Loan Documents" means (a) this Agreement, the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement, the Letters of Credit, the
Steamship Indemnities and the Applications and (b) all other agreements,
documents and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected
with (i) any agreement, document or instrument referred to in clause (a), (ii)
any other agreement, document or instrument referred to in this clause (b) or
(iii) any of the transactions contemplated by any agreement, document or
instrument referred to in clause (a) or in this clause (b).
"Loan Exposure" of a Bank means, at any time, an amount equal to the
sum of the aggregate unpaid principal amount at such time of the Loans of such
Bank.
"London Interbank Offered Rate" means, for any Interest Period, the
interest rate (expressed as a decimal) for deposits in U.S. dollars for such
Interest Period, which rate appears
-60-
<PAGE> 61
on the Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00a.m., London time, on the date that is two
business days prior to the first business day of such Interest Period.
"Majority Banks" means, at any time, Banks having more than 50% of
the Exposures outstanding or, if there are no Exposures outstanding, more than
50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments.
"Mandatorily Redeemable Stock" means, with respect to any Person,
any share of such Person's capital stock to the extent that it is (a)
redeemable, payable or required to be purchased or otherwise retired or
extinguished, or convertible into any Indebtedness or other Liability of such
Person, (i) at a fixed or determinable date, whether by operation of a sinking
fund or otherwise, (ii) at the option of any Person other than such Person or
(iii) upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of such
Person, such as a redemption required to be made out of future earnings or (b)
convertible into Mandatorily Redeemable Stock.
"Material Jurisdiction" means each of those jurisdictions in which
the Borrower and each Corporate Guarantor have the greatest amount of revenues
and which together comprise 85% of the total revenues of the Borrower and each
such Corporate Guarantor.
"Materially Adverse Effect" means, (a) with respect to any Person,
any materially adverse effect on such Person's business, assets, Liabilities,
financial condition, results of operations or business prospects, (b) with
respect to a group of Persons "taken as a whole,, any materially adverse effect
on such Persons, business, assets, Liabilities, financial conditions, results of
operations or business prospects taken as a whole on, where appropriate, a
consolidated basis in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
and (c) with respect to any Loan Document, any adverse effect, WHETHER OR NOT
MATERIAL, on the binding nature, validity or enforceability thereof as an
obligation of the Borrower.
"Maximum Permissible Rate" means, with respect to interest payable
on any amount, the rate of interest on such amount that, if exceeded, could,
under Applicable Law, result in (a) civil or criminal penalties being imposed on
the payee or (b) the payee's being unable to enforce payment of (or, if
collected, to retain) all or any part of such amount or the interest payable
thereon.
"Minority Interests" means any shares of stock of any class of a
Subsidiary (other than directors, qualifying shares as required by law) that are
not owned by the Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries. Minority
Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests constituting preferred
stock at the voluntary or involuntary liquidating value of such preferred stock,
whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests constituting common
stock at the book value of capital and surplus applicable thereto adjusted, if
necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of such common stock
required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests in preferred
stock.
"Multiemployer Benefit Plan" mean any Benefit Plan that is a
multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
-61-
<PAGE> 62
"Non-cash Charges" of any Person means reserves taken in accordance
with GAAP under (i) FASB 121, and (ii) in connection with the closing of stores
by such Person.
"Nonparticipating Bank" means a Bank designated by the Issuing Bank
as a Bank with respect to which a Bank Nonparticipation has occurred. The
designation of a Bank by the Issuing Bank as a "Nonparticipating Bank, shall not
affect the status of such Bank as a Participating Bank in respect of Letters of
Credit issued prior to such designation.
"Note" means any Domestic Note or Eurodollar Note.
"Notice of Assignment" means any notice to the Borrower and the
Agent with respect to an assignment pursuant to Section 11.09(a).
"Participating Bank" means a Bank that is not a Nonparticipating
Bank.
"Participating Bank Percentage" means, as applied to a Participating
Bank with respect to a Letter of Credit, the percentage obtained by dividing
such Participating Bank's Commitment at the time of the issuance of such Letter
of Credit by the sum of the Commitments at such time of all of the Banks that
are Participating Banks with respect to such Letter of Credit.
"Participation" in a Letter of Credit means, in the case of a
Participating Bank that is not the Issuing Bank, the participation interest in
such Letter of Credit acquired by such Participating Bank pursuant to Section
1.08(b) and, in the case of a Participating Bank that is the Issuing Bank, the
Issuing Bank's retained interest in such Letter of Credit.
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
"Permitted Guaranty" means any Guaranty that is (i) an endorsement
of a check for collection in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any Guaranty
of any liability of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary other than a Guaranty of
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, (iii) a Guaranty of and only of the obligations
of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (iv) Existing Guaranties, or (v)
Letters of Credit.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means (i) the Indebtedness under this
Agreement, (ii) Permitted Guaranties, (iii) Indebtedness related to settlement
exposure arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) the Existing Letters
of Credit, (v) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Borrower, (vi) Indebtedness
owed to Harrison Investment Corp., (vii) Subordinated Indebtedness, and (vi)
trade account payables in the ordinary course of business in connection with the
leasing, operating or maintaining of the leased property and assets or relating
to inventory.
"Permitted Lien" means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness owed to the
Banks with respect to the obligations due under the Loan Documents, (ii) Liens
for taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith an by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves as
required by GAAP consistently applied have been established and maintained,
(iii) deposits, Liens or pledges to secure payments of workers' compensation or
unemployment insurance, (iv) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of
carriers, warehousemen and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business
for sums not yet due
-62-
<PAGE> 63
and payable, (v) Liens on leasehold improvements incidental to the lease of
premises on which such improvements have been made, and (vi) Liens on property
acquired or held in the ordinary course of business securing the purchase price
of such property, provided that the amount secured by such Liens does not exceed
the total amount of the purchase price of the property.
"Permitted Repo" means any obligation to repurchase securities that
arises out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially
similar securities; provided that (i) the securities to be repurchased shall be
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not
more than three years from the date of their respective sale by the Borrower and
(ii) the obligation to repurchase any such securities shall mature within two
weeks of the sale of such securities.
"Permitted Restrictive Covenant" means (i) any covenant or
restriction contained in any Loan Document, (ii) any covenant or restriction
binding upon any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the
Borrower if the same is not created in contemplation thereof, (iii) any covenant
or restriction of the type contained in Section 5.03 that is contained in any
Contract evidencing or providing for the creation of or concerning Purchase
Money Indebtedness so long as such covenant or restriction is limited to the
property purchased therewith, (iv) any covenant or restriction described in
Schedule 4.18, but only to the extent such covenant or restriction is there
identified by specific reference to the provision of the Contract in which such
covenant or restriction is contained, or (v) any covenant or restriction that
(x) is not more burdensome than an existing Permitted Restrictive Covenant that
is such by virtue of clause (ii) , (iii) , (iv) or (v) , (y) is contained in a
Contract constituting a renewal, extension or replacement of the Contract in
which such existing Permitted Restrictive Covenant is contained and (z) is
binding only on the Person or Persons bound by such existing Permitted
Restrictive Covenant.
"Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock" means any perpetual,
convertible preferred stock of the Borrower issued on or about April 5, 1996 in
the amount of $20,000,000.
"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, corporation,
partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, mutual company, joint stock
company, estate, union, employee organization, government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof or, for the purpose of the definition of "ERISA
Affiliate" any trade or business.
"Post-Default Rate" means the rate otherwise applicable under
Section 1.13(a) plus 2.0%.
"Prime Rate" means the prime commercial lending rate set by the
Agent as its "prime rate", as publicly announced to be in effect from time to
time. The Prime Rate shall be adjusted automatically, without notice, on the
Closing Date of any change in such prime commercial lending rate. The Prime Rate
is not necessarily the Agent's lowest rate of interest or the rate of interest
that it charges to any class or group of borrowers.
"Prime Rate Loan" means any Loan the interest on which is, or is to
be, as the context may require, computed on the basis of the Prime Rate.
-63-
<PAGE> 64
"Prime Rate Margin" means the amount determined as such pursuant to
Section 1.16(a).
"Prohibited Transaction" means any transaction that is prohibited
under Code Section 4975 or ERISA Section 406 and not exempt under Code Section
4975 or ERISA Section 408.
"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower
that is incurred to finance part or all of (but not more than) the purchase
price of a tangible asset, provided that (x) neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary had at any time prior to such purchase any interest in such asset
other than a security interest or an interest as lessee under an operating lease
and (y) such Indebtedness is incurred within 30 days after such purchase, or
(ii) Indebtedness that (x) constitutes a renewal, extension or refunding of, but
not an increase in the principal amount of, Purchase Money Indebtedness that is
such by virtue of clause (i) or (ii) and (y) bears interest at a rate per annum
that is commercially reasonable at the time such Indebtedness is incurred.
"Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.
"Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.
"Regulatory Change" means any Applicable Law, interpretation,
directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law), or any
change therein or in the administration or enforcement thereof, that becomes
effective or is implemented or first required or expected to be complied with
after the Closing Date, whether the same is (i) the result of an enactment by a
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, a determination of a
court or regulatory authority, or otherwise or (ii) enacted, adopted, issued or
proposed before or after the Closing Date, including any such that imposes,
increases or modifies any Tax, reserve requirement, insurance charge, special
deposit requirement, assessment or capital adequacy requirement, but excluding
any such that imposes, increases or modifies any Bank Tax.
"Rentals" means and includes all fixed rents (including as such all
payments which the lessee is obligated to make to the lessor on termination of
the lease or surrender of the property) payable by the Borrower or a Subsidiary,
as lessee or sublessee under a lease of real or personal property, but is
exclusive of any amounts required to be paid by the Borrower or a Subsidiary
(whether or not designated as rents or additional rents) on account of
maintenance, repairs, insurance, taxes and similar charges. Fixed rents under
any so-called "percentage leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of the
minimum rents, if any, required to be paid by the lessee regardless of sales
volume or gross revenues.
"Repayment Date" means the latest of (i) the termination of the
Commitments (whether as a result of the occurrence of the Termination Date,
reduction to zero pursuant to Section 1.14 or termination pursuant to Section
8.02), (ii) the payment in full of the Loans and all other amounts payable or
accrued hereunder, (iii) the expiration of all the Letters of Credit and also of
all Steamship Indemnities.
-64-
<PAGE> 65
"Reportable Event" means, with respect to any Benefit Plan of any
Person, (i) the occurrence of any of the events set forth in ERISA Sections
4043(c) (other than a Reportable Event as to which the provision of 30 days'
notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations), 4062(e) or 4063(a)
or the regulations thereunder with respect to such Benefit Plan, (ii) any event
requiring such Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates to provide security to such
Benefit Plan under Code Section 401 (a) (29) or (iii) any failure to make a
payment required by Code Section 412(m) with respect to such Benefit Plan.
"Representation and Warranty" means any representation or warranty
made pursuant to or under (i) Section 2.02, Article 3 or any other provision of
this Agreement or (ii) any amendment to, or waiver of rights under, this
Agreement, WHETHER OR NOT, IN THE CASE OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY
REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (i) OR (ii) OF THIS DEFINITION (EXCEPT, IN EACH CASE, TO
THE EXTENT OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED), THE INFORMATION THAT IS THE SUBJECT
MATTER THEREOF IS WITHIN THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE BORROWER.
"Required Banks" means, at any time, Banks having more than 66 2/3%
of the Exposures outstanding or, if there are no Exposures outstanding, more
than 66 2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments; provided, that in the
event that there are 2 Banks, then the Required Banks shall be both of the
Banks.
"Reserve Requirement" means, at any time, the then current maximum
rate for which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency
reserve) are required to be maintained under Regulation D by member banks of the
Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding five billion
Dollars against "Eurocurrency liabilities", as that term is used in Regulation
D. The Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the
Closing Date of any change in the Reserve Requirement.
"Restricted Investment" means all investments in or loans, advances
or extensions of credit to any Person by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries except
the following: (i) investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in and to Subsidiaries, including any investment in a corporation
which, after giving effect thereto, will become a Subsidiary; (ii) investments
in property to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries; (iii) investment in direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America or an agency thereof, maturing
within three years from the date of acquisition thereof; (iv) (x) investments in
municipal securities, maturing within three years from the date of acquisition
thereof, which are rated in one of the top two rating classifications by
Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or other
nationally recognized credit rating agency of similar standing, and (y)
investments in debt securities of corporations which are headquartered in the
United States, the senior debt securities of which are rated at or above A- by
Standard & Poor' a Corporation or at A3 or above by Moody's Investors Services,
Inc. (or another nationally recognized credit rating agency of similar standing
if neither of such two named agencies shall rate such securities); (v)
investments in certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits or banker's
acceptances maturing within one year from the date of origin, issued by, and
bank accounts with, commercial banks organized under the laws of the United
States or any state thereof or Canada or any province thereof, and having
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000; (vi)
investments in commercial paper maturing within
-65-
<PAGE> 66
270 days or less from the date of issuance and rated in one of the top two
rating classifications by Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors
Services, Inc. or other nationally recognized credit rating agency of similar
standing; (vii) investments in any investment company having (at the-time of
investment) assets of not less than $500,000,000 and a substantial portion of
the assets of which are limited to investments of a character which would be
permitted to be made by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs
(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this definition and which shares under GAAP are
classified as current assets; (viii) investments in certain issues of preferred
stock known by various terms such as "dutch-auction preferred", "capital-market
preferred", or emarketed preferred", and "variable rate preferred", or similar
terms which, at the time of acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary is
rated in one of the top two rating classifications by Standard & Poor's
Corporation or Moody's Investors Services, Inc.; (i) other investments existing
as of May 16, 1991, provided that any such investments which are not described
in the foregoing paragraphs of this definition are disclosed to the Agent in
writing on or prior to the Closing Date; (ix) Loans to employees of the Borrower
or its Subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
such loans shall at no time exceed $1,500,000, and (x) Permitted Repos.
"Restructuring Charges" means Cash Charges plus Non-cash Charges.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the payment of
which is subordinated to payment of the obligations owed to the Banks to the
written satisfaction of the Banks.
"Steamship Indemnity" means an indemnity by the Issuing Bank to
indemnify or otherwise reimburse an air carrier or steamship agent against
liability or loss for releasing goods in the absense of the delivery of bills of
lading or other documents of title.
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (i)
securities of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
board of directors (or other persons having similar functions) or (ii) other
ownership interests of which ordinarily constituting a majority voting interest,
are at the time, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such first
Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such first Person one or
more of its Subsidiaries; unless otherwise specified, "Subsidiary" means a
Subsidiary of the Borrower.
"Subsidiary Guaranty" means the guaranty of the obligations of the
Borrower executed by the Subsidiaries of the Borrower on or before the Closing
Date.
"Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement" means a supplement of the
Subsidiary Guaranty satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent whereby a
Person which becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower undertakes the obligations of
the guarantors under the Subsidiary Guaranty.
"Tax" means any Federal, State or foreign tax, assessment or other
governmental charge or levy (including any withholding tax) upon a Person or
upon its assets, revenues, income or profits.
"Termination Date" means March 26, 2001.
-66-
<PAGE> 67
"Termination Events" means, with respect to any Benefit Plan, (i)
any Reportable Event with respect to such Benefit Plan, (ii) the termination of
such Benefit Plan, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate such Benefit
Plan, or the treatment of any amendment to such Benefit Plan as a termination
under - ERISA Section 4041(c), (iii) the institution of proceedings to terminate
such Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042 or (iv) the appointment of a trustee
to administer such Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042.
"Third Party Letter of Credit" has the meaning assigned in Section
5.13 hereof.
"Type" means, with respect to Loan , any of the following, each of
which shall be deemed to be a different "Type" of Loan: Prime Rate Loans, LIBO
Rate Loans having a one-month Interest Period, LIBO Rate Loans having a
two-month Interest Period and LIBO Rate Loans having a three-month Interest
Period. Any LIBO Rate Loan having an Interest Period with a duration that
differs from the duration specified for a Type of LIBO Rate Loan listed above
solely as a result of the operation of clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of
'Interest Periods shall be deemed to be a Loan of such above-listed Type
notwithstanding such difference in duration of Interest Periods.
"Unfunded Benefit Liabilities" means, with respect to any Benefit
Plan at any time, the amount of unfunded benefit liabilities of such Benefit
Plan at such time as determined under ERISA Section 4001 (a) (18).
"Uniform Customs" means, the Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce,
Publication No. 500.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any
Subsidiary of such Person all of the Capital Securities and all other ownership
interests and rights to acquire ownership interests of which (except directors,
qualifying shares) are, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such
Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or. by such
Person and one or more of such Subsidiaries; unless otherwise specified, "Wholly
Owned Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.
12.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.
(a) Successors and Assigns; Amendments.
Except as otherwise specified herein, all references herein (i) to
any Person shall be deemed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (ii)
to any Applicable Law defined or referred to herein shall be deemed references
to such Applicable Law or any successor Applicable Law as the same may have been
or may be amended or supplemented from time to time and (iii) to any Loan
Document or Contract defined or referred to herein shall be deemed references to
such Loan Document or Contract (and, in the case of any Note or any other
instrument, any instrument issued in substitution therefor) as the terms thereof
may have been or my be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from
time to time.
-67-
<PAGE> 68
(b) "Herein" etc.
When used in this Agreement, the words "herein", "whereof" and
"hereunder" and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any provision of this Agreement, and the words "Article", "Section",
"Annex", "Schedule" and "Exhibit" shall refer to Articles and Sections of, and
Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits to, this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(c) Masculine vs. Feminine.
Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender includes the
masculine or feminine, the masculine gender includes the feminine, and the
singular number includes the plural, and vice versa.
(d) Inclusion.
Any item or list of items set forth following the word "including",
"include" or "includes" is set forth only for the purpose of indicating that,
regardless of whatever other items are in the category in which such item or
items are "included", such item or items are in such category, and shall not be
construed as indicating that the items in the category in which such item or
items are "included" are limited to such items or to items similar to such
items.
(e) Authorization.
Each authorization in favor of the Agent, the Banks or any other
Person granted by or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be
irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
12.03 Accounting Matters.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting determinations
hereunder and all computations utilized by the Borrower in complying with the
covenants contained herein shall be made, all accounting terms used herein shall
be interpreted, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder
shall be prepared, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,
except, in the case of such financial statements, for departures from Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles that may from time to time be approved in writing
by the independent certified public accountants who are at the time, in
accordance with Section 7.01(b), reporting on the Borrower's financial
statements.
12.04 Representations and Warranties.
All Representations and Warranties shall be deemed made (i) in the
case of any Representation and Warranty contained in this Agreement at the time
of its initial execution and delivery, at and as of the Closing Date, (ii) in
the case of any Representation and Warranty contained in this Agreement or any
other document at the time any Loan is made, at and as of such time and (iii) in
the case of any particular Representation and Warranty, wherever contained, at
such other time or times as such Representation and Warranty is made or deemed
made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the document
pursuant to, under or in connection with which such Representation and Warranty
is made or deemed made.
-68-
<PAGE> 69
12.05 Captions.
Captions to Articles, Sections and subsections of, and Annexes,
Schedules and Exhibits to, this Agreement are included for convenience of
reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other
purpose or in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of
this Agreement.
12.06 Interpretation of Related Documents.
Except as otherwise specified therein, terms that are defined herein
that are used in Notes, certificates, opinions and other documents delivered in
connection herewith shall have the meanings ascribed to them herein and such
documents shall be otherwise interpreted in accordance with the provisions of
this Article 12.
[SIGNATURES ARE ON NEXT PAGE]
-69-
<PAGE> 70
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their duly authorized officers all as of the Closing Date.
LECHTERS, INC.
By:
----------------------------------------
John W. Smolak
Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
as Agent, Issuing Bank and as a Bank
By:
----------------------------------------
Catherine Brody
Vice President
FLEET BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Bank
By:
----------------------------------------
Craig W. Trautwein
Vice President
CORESTATES BANK, N.A.
as Bank
By:
----------------------------------------
John A. Ginter
Assistant Vice President
-70-
<PAGE> 71
Schedule 1.02
NOTICE OF BORROWING
The Chase Manhattan Bank
East 36 Midland Avenue
Paramus, NJ 07657
Date: [insert]
Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 among
Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Credit Agreement"). The undersigned hereby gives
notice pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement of its request to have
the following Loans made to it on [insert requested date of borrowing]:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Type of Loan(1) Amount
--------------- ------
<S> <C>
----------------------------------- -------------
----------------------------------- -------------
----------------------------------- -------------
</TABLE>
[Please disburse the proceeds of the Loans by [insert requested method of
disbursement].](2)
The undersigned represents and warrants that (a) the borrowing requested hereby
complies with the requirements of Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement and (b)
each Representation and Warranty is true and correct at and as of the date
hereof and will be true and correct at and as of the time the Loans are made, in
each case both with and without giving effect to the Loans and the application
of the proceeds thereof, and (c) no Default has occurred and is continuing as of
the date hereof or would result from the making of the Loans or from the
application of the proceeds thereof if the Loans were made on the date hereof,
and no Default will have occurred and be continuing at the time the Loans are to
be made or would result from the making of the Loans or from the application of
the proceeds thereof.
LECHTERS, INC.
By
----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
- ----------
(1) Be sure to specify the duration of the Interest Period in the case of
Eurodollar Rate Loans (e.g., one-month Eurodollar Rate).
(2) Include and complete this sentence if the proceeds of the requested Loans
are to be disbursed in a manner other than by credit to an account of the
Borrower at the Agent's Office.
<PAGE> 72
Schedule 1.03(c)(iv)
NOTICE OF CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION
The Chase Manhattan Bank
East 36 Midland Avenue
Paramus, NJ 07657
Date: [insert]
Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 among
Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Credit Agreement"). The undersigned hereby gives
notice pursuant to Section 1.03(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement of its desire to
convert or continue the Loans specified below into or as Loans of the Types and
in the amounts specified below on [insert date of conversion or continuation]:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Converted
Loans to be Converted or Continued or Continued Loans
---------------------------------- ------------------
Last Day of
Type Current Type
of Loan(1) Interest Period Amount of Loan(1) Amount
---------- --------------- ------ ---------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -------------- ------------------- ------------- -------------- ----------
- -------------- ------------------- ------------- -------------- ----------
- -------------- ------------------- ------------- -------------- ----------
</TABLE>
The undersigned represents and warrants that conversions and continuations
requested hereby comply with the requirements of Section 1.03(c) of the Credit
Agreement.
LECHTERS, INC.
By
----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
- ----------
(1) Be sure to specify the duration of the Interest Period in the case of
Eurodollar Rate Loans (e.g., one-month Eurodollar Rate).
<PAGE> 73
Schedule 1.05(a)
NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT
The Chase Manhattan Bank
East 36 Midland Avenue
Paramus, NJ 07657
Date: [insert]
Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 among
Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Credit Agreement"). The undersigned hereby gives
notice pursuant to Section 1.05(a) of the Credit Agreement that it will prepay
the Loans specified below on [insert date of prepayment]:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Last Day of
Type Current
of Loan(1) Interest Period Amount
---------- --------------- ------
<S> <C> <C>
- --------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------
- --------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------
- --------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>
The undersigned represents and warrants that the prepayment requested hereby
complies with the requirements of Section 1.05(a) of the Credit Agreement.
LECHTERS, INC.
By
----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
- ----------
(1) Be sure to specify the duration of the Interest Period in the case of
Eurodollar Rate Loans (e.g., one-month Eurodollar Rate).
<PAGE> 74
Schedule 1.08
REQUEST FOR LETTER OF CREDIT
The Chase Manhattan Bank
East 36 Midland Avenue
Paramus, NJ 07657
Date: [insert]
Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 among
Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Credit Agreement").
The Borrower requests you to issue and transmit
___ by teletransmission ___ by mail
an irrevocable letter of credit (the "Credit") in favor of the
Beneficiary shown below as follows:
Please Type or Print
================================================================================
Beneficiary Letter of
Credit No. Date
--------------------------------------------
Currency
Amount
--------------------------------------------
Expiry
Date
--------------------------------------------
================================================================================
Available, at your counters, by draft (s) at sight to be drawn on you (or on a
correspondent selected by you if the Credit is in a currency other than
Dollars), when accompanied by the following documents:
___ Beneficiary's statement signed or purporting to be signed by or on
behalf of Beneficiary reading (please state below the exact wording to
appear on the statement to be presented with the draft):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 75
___ Other documents:_________________________________________________________
___ Additional instructions, if any:_________________________________________
The Borrower represents and warrants that (a) the Letter of Credit requested
hereby complies with the requirements of the Credit Agreement and (b) (except to
the extent set forth on Annex A hereto]1 (i) each Loan Document Representation
and Warranty is true and correct at and as of the date hereof and (except to the
extent the undersigned gives notice to the Issuing Bank and the Agent to the
contrary prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day before the
requested date for the issuance of the Letter of Credit) will be true and
correct at and as of the time of such issuance, in each case both with and
without giving effect to such issuance, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the date hereof or would result from the issuance of the Letter
of Credit if the Letter of Credit was issued on the date hereof, and (except to
the extent the undersigned gives notice to the Issuing Bank and the Agent to the
contrary prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day before the
requested date for the issuance of the Letter of Credit) no Default will have
occurred and be continuing at the time the Letter of Credit is issued or would
result from its issuance.
LECHTERS, INC.
By
----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 76
Schedule 2.01(b)(i)
LECHTERS, INC.
CERTIFICATE AS TO RESOLUTIONS, ETC.
I, ____________, [Assistant] Secretary of Lechters, Inc., a New Jersey
corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby certify, pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i) of
the Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of March 26, 1998 among
Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Agent, that:
1. The below named persons have been duly elected (or appointed) and have duly
qualified as, and on this day are, officers of the Borrower holding their
respective offices below set opposite their names, and the signatures below set
opposite their names are their genuine signatures:
Name Office Signature
[Insert names and offices _________________________
of persons authorized to sign the _________________________
Loan Documents] _________________________
2. Attached as Annex A is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by
[unanimous written consent of] the Board of Directors of the Borrower. Such
resolutions have not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and
effect on the date hereof.
3. The Credit Agreement and the related Notes in each case as executed and
delivered on behalf of the Borrower, are in the forms thereof approved by
[unanimous written consent of] the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
4. Attached as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Borrower as on file with the Secretary of State of New
Jersey on the date hereof
5. Attached as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the By-laws of the
Borrower as in effect on _______________________, 19__(1) and at all subsequent
times to and including the date hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this _______ day of
March, 1998.
--------------------------------------
[Assistant] Secretary
<PAGE> 77
I, _______________. [title] of the Borrower, hereby certify that [name of the
above [Assistant] Secretary] has been duly elected or appointed and has been
duly qualified as, and on this day is, [Assistant] Secretary of the Borrower,
and the signature in paragraph 1 above is his genuine signature.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this _________ day of March,
1998.
--------------------------------------
[Title]
<PAGE> 78
2.01(b)(ii)
[Corporate Guarantor]
CERTIFICATE AS TO RESOLUTIONS, ETC.
I, ____________, [Assistant] Secretary of Lechters, Inc., a New Jersey
corporation (the "Corporate Guarantor"), hereby certify, pursuant to Section
2.01(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of March
26, 1998 among Lechters, Inc., the Banks listed on the signature pages thereof
and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent, that:
1. The below named persons have been duly elected (or appointed) and have duly
qualified as, and on this day are, officers of the Corporate Guarantor holding
their respective offices below set opposite their names, and the signatures
below set opposite their names are their genuine signatures:
Name Office Signature
---- ------ ---------
[Insert names and offices _________________________
of persons authorized to sign the _________________________
Loan Documents] _________________________
2. Attached as Annex A is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by
[unanimous written consent of] the Board of Directors of the Corporate
Guarantor. Such resolutions have not been amended, modified or revoked and are
in full force and effect on the date hereof.
3. The Subsidiary Guaranty as executed and delivered on behalf of the Corporate
Guarantor, are in the forms thereof approved by [unanimous written consent of]
the Board of Directors of the Corporate Guarantor.
4. Attached as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporate Guarantor as on file with the Secretary of State
of [ ] on the date hereof
5. Attached as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the By-laws of the
Corporate Guarantor as in effect on _______________________, 19__(1) and at all
subsequent times to and including the date hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this _______ day of
March, 1998.
--------------------------------------
[Assistant] Secretary
<PAGE> 79
I, _______________. [title] of the Corporate Guarantor, hereby certify that
[name of the above [Assistant] Secretary] has been duly elected or appointed and
has been duly qualified as, and on this day is, [Assistant] Secretary of the
Corporate Guarantor, and the signature in paragraph 1 above is his genuine
signature.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this _________ day of March,
1998.
--------------------------------------
[Title]
<PAGE> 80
Schedule 2.01(b)(v)
Form of Opinion of Borrower's Counsel
[attached]
<PAGE> 81
Schedule 3.02
Subsidiaries
Lechters,, Inc. owns 100% of the common stock of its subsidiaries.
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ------------------ ----------------------
Lechters Alabama, Inc. Alabama
Lechters Arizona, Inc. Arizona
Lechters Arkansas, Inc. Arkansas
Lechters California, Inc. California
Lechters Colorado, Inc. Colorado
Lechters Connecticut, Inc. Connecticut
Lechters Delaware, Inc. Delaware
Lechters Florida, Inc. Florida
Lechters Georgia, Inc. Georgia
Lechters Hawaii, Inc. Hawaii
Lechters Idaho, Inc. Idaho
Lechters Illinois, Inc. Illinois
Lechters Indiana, Inc. Indiana
Lechters Iowa, Inc. Iowa
Lechters Kansas, Inc. Kansas
Lechters Kentucky, Inc. Kentucky
Lechters Louisiana, Inc. Louisiana
Lechters Maine, Inc. Maine
Lechters Baltimore, Inc. Maryland
Lechters Holyoke, Inc. Massachusetts
Lechters Michigan, Inc. Michigan
Lechters Minnesota, Inc. Minnesota
Lechters Mississippi, Inc. Mississippi
Lechters Missouri, Inc. Missouri
Lechters Nebraska, Inc. Nebraska
Lechters Nevada, Inc. Nevada
Lechters New Hampshire, Inc. New Hampshire
Lechters New Jersey, Inc. New Jersey
Lechters New Mexico, Inc. New Mexico
Lechters New York, Inc. New York
Lechters N.Y.C., Inc. New York
Lechters North Carolina, Inc. North Carolina
Lechters Ohio, Inc. Ohio
Lechters Oklahoma, Inc. Oklahoma
Lechters Oregon, Inc. Oregon
Lechters Pennsylvania, Inc. Pennsylvania
Lechters Rhode Island, Inc. Rhode Island
Lechters South Carolina, Inc. South Carolina
Lechters Tennessee, Inc. Tennessee
<PAGE> 82
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ------------------ ----------------------
Lechters Texas, Inc. Texas
Lechters Utah, Inc. Utah
Lechters Vermont, Inc. Vermont
Lechters Springfield, Inc. Virginia
Lechters Washington, Inc. Washington
Lechters West Virginia, Inc. West Virginia
Lechters Wisconsin, Inc. Wisconsin
Cooks Club, Inc. New Jersey
Regent Gallery, Inc. New Jersey
Simple Solutions of NJ, Inc. New Jersey
Harrison Investment, Inc. Delaware
<PAGE> 83
Schedule 3.03
Required Consents
None.
<PAGE> 84
Schedule 3.06
Material Litigation
None.
<PAGE> 85
Schedule 4.09
Subsidiary Guaranty Supplement
[form attached]
<PAGE> 86
Schedule 5.02
Existing Guaranties
Lechters, Inc. is the guarantor of the approximately 640 leases entered into
by its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
<PAGE> 87
Schedule 5.03
Existing Liens
None, except for liens statutorily imposed by state law in various states on the
property of tenants in favor of the landlord.
<PAGE> 88
Schedule 5.08
Existing Benefit Plans
Group Insurance Plan (major medical, prescription drug, life insurance, dental
care, accidental death and dismemberment, long term disability and vision)
401(K) Savings Plan
Various Bonus Plans
Stock Option Plan
Severance Plan (proposed)
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
See Attached for Additional Compensation Plans
<PAGE> 89
Schedule 5.13
Existing Letters of Credit
[attached]
<PAGE> 90
Schedule 7.01(c)
LECHTERS, INC.
CERTIFICATE AS TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND DEFAULTS
I, ______________, [President, Chief Financial Officer] of Lechters, Inc., a New
Jersey corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby certify, pursuant to Section 7.01(c)
of the Credit Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 among the Borrower, the Banks
listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent,
that:
1. (a) The accompanying [unaudited](1) I consolidated and consolidating
financial statements of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as at
__________ and for the [fiscal year] [quarterly accounting period](2) ending
__________, 19__, are complete and correct and present fairly, in accordance
with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (except for changes therein or
departures therefrom described below that have been approved in writing by
Messrs. Deloitte & Touche, the Borrower's current independent certified public
accountants), the consolidated and consolidating financial position of the
Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such [fiscal year]
[quarterly period](2) , and the consolidated and consolidating results of
operations and cash flows for such quarterly period, and for the elapsed portion
of the fiscal year ended with the last day of [fiscal year] [such quarterly
period](2), in each case on the basis presented [and subject only to normal
year-end auditing adjustments](1).
(b) Except as disclosed or reflected in such financial statements, as at
_________, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary had any Liability, contingent
or otherwise, or any unrealized or anticipated loss, that, singly or in the
aggregate, have had or might have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Borrower
and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
2. (a) The changes in and departures from Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles are as follows:
All such changes have been approved in writing by Messrs. Deloitte & Touche.
[[(b) Attached as Annex A are [unaudited](1) consolidated and consolidating
financial statements of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries as at
___________ and for the [fiscal year] [quarterly accounting period](2) ending
______________, 19_, which have been prepared in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles without giving effect to
- ----------
(1) Include only in the case of a certificate to be delivered with respect to
quarterly financial statements.
(2) Include first alternative in the case of a certificate to be delivered with
respect to year-end financial statements; include second alternative in the case
of a certificate to be delivered with respect to quarterly financial statements.
<PAGE> 91
the changes referred to in Paragraph 2 (a) of this Certificate or any previous
Certificate. Such financial statements are complete and correct and present
fairly, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the
consolidated and consolidating financial position of the Borrower and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such [fiscal year] [quarterly
period](2), and the consolidated and consolidating results of operations and
cash flows for such quarterly period, and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal
year ending with the last day of such [fiscal year] [quarterly period](2), in
each case on the basis presented (and subject only to normal year-end auditing
adjustments](1).](3)
3. There follow the calculations required to establish whether or not the
Borrower was in compliance with the following Sections of the Agreement:(4)
(a) Section 6.01.
(b) Section 6.02.
(c) Section 6.03.
(d) Section 6.04.
(e) Section 6.05.
4. Based on an examination sufficient to enable me to make an informed
statement, no Default exists, including, in particular, any such arising under
the provisions of Article 4, except the following:
[If none such exist, insert "None"; if any do exist, specify the same by
Section, give the date the same occurred, and the steps being taken by
the Borrower or a Subsidiary with respect thereto.)
5. Each Representation and Warranty contained in the Credit Agreement is true
and correct in all material respects.
Dated:
----------------------------------------
[President, Chief
Financial Officer]
- ----------
(3) Paragraph (b) should be included in, and Annex A attached to, the
Certificate only if changes from Generally Accepted Accounting Pinciples are
specified in Paragraph 2(a) of this or any provious Certificate.
(4) The calculations should be made in the same manner and with the same degree
of detail as the calculations set forth in the certificate delivered by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(vii).
<PAGE> 92
EXHIBIT A
LECHTERS, INC.
NOTE
March 26, 1998
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LECHTERS, INC. (the "Borrower") hereby promises to pay to
the order of _____________ (the "Bank") the principal amount of ___________
Dollars ($____________), or, if less, the principal amount of the Loans of the
Bank outstanding, on the dates and in the amounts specified in the Credit
Agreement referred to below, and to pay interest on such principal amount on the
dates and at the rates specified in Section 1.03 of such Credit Agreement. All
payments due the Bank hereunder shall be made to the Bank at the place, in the
type of money and funds and in the manner specified in Section 1.18 of such
Credit Agreement.
In accordance with Section 1.17 of the Credit Agreement, each holder hereof is
authorized to endorse on the grid attached hereto, or on a continuation thereof,
each Loan of the Bank and each payment, prepayment or conversion with respect
thereto.
Presentment, demand, protest, notice of dishonor and notice of intent to
accelerate are hereby waived by the undersigned.
This Note evidences Loans made under, and is entitled to the benefits of, the
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998, among the Borrower, the Banks
listed on the signature pages thereof and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent, as
the same may be amended from time to time. Reference is made to such Credit
Agreement, as so amended, for provisions relating to the prepayment and the
acceleration of the maturity hereof.
This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the
State of New York (without giving effect to its choice of law principles) .
LECHTERS, INC.
By
----------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 93
GRID
NOTE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Amount Paid, Unpaid Principal Notation
Date Amount Prepaid or Converted Prepaid of Note Made By
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
93
<PAGE> 94
ANNEX A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Banks, Lending Offices
and Notice Addresses Loan Commitment LC Commitment
- ---------------------- --------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK $7,500,000 $7,500,000
Domestic Lending Office:
[to come]
Eurodollar Lending Office:
[to come]
Notice Address:
[to come]
Funding Requests:
[to come]
Other Notices:
[to come]
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 95
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Banks, Lending Offices
and Notice Addresses Loan Commitment LC Commitment
- ---------------------- --------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
CORESTATES BANK, N. A. $6,250,000 $6,250,000
Domestic Lending Office:
[to come]
Eurodollar Lending Office:
[to come]
Notice Address:
[to come]
Funding Requests:
[to come]
Other Notices:
[to come]
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 96
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Issuing Bank, Lending Offices
and Notice Addresses Loan Commitment LC Commitment
- --------------------- --------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
FLEET BANK, N.A. $6,250,000 $6,250,000
Domestic Lending Office:
[to come]
Eurodollar Lending Office:
[to come]
Notice Address:
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article 1. ..................................................................1
1.01 Commitment to Lend...................................................1
1.02 Manner of Borrowing..................................................1
1.03 Interest.............................................................3
1.04 Repayment............................................................4
1.05 Prepayments..........................................................4
1.06 Limitation on Types of Loans.........................................5
1.07 Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities......5
1.08 Issuance of Letters of Credit and Steamship Indemnities..............6
1.09 Obligation of Borrower to Reimburse Issuing Bank for Drawings........7
1.10 Obligations of Participating Banks to Fund Participations............8
1.11 Limited Liability of the Issuing and Participating Banks............10
1.12 Provisions Not Exclusive............................................11
1.13 Certain Provisions as to Interest...................................11
1.14 Reduction of Commitments............................................11
1.15 Fees................................................................12
1.16 Determination and Computation of Interest and Fees..................12
1.17 Evidence of Indebtedness............................................13
1.18 Payments by the Borrower............................................14
1.19 Distribution of Payments by the Agent...............................15
1.20 Taxes...............................................................15
1.21 Pro Rata Treatment..................................................17
<PAGE> 98
Article 2. .................................................................17
2.01 Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement.......................17
2.02 Conditions to Each Credit Extension.................................19
Article 3. .................................................................20
3.01 Organization; Power; Qualification..................................20
3.02 Subsidiaries........................................................20
3.03 Authorization; Enforceability; Required Consents; Absence of
Conflicts.........................................................20
3.04 Compliance..........................................................22
3.05 Taxes...............................................................22
3.06 Litigation..........................................................22
3.07 Burdensome Provisions...............................................22
3.08 Liens...............................................................22
3.09 Indebtedness........................................................22
3.10 Letters of Credit...................................................22
3.11 Financial Statements................................................23
3.12 No Adverse Change or Event..........................................23
3.13 Investment Company Act..............................................23
3.14 Substance Release and Disposal......................................23
3.15 Pari Passu Status...................................................24
3.16 Reprogramming of Computer Systems...................................24
Article 4. .................................................................24
4.01 Preservation of Existence...........................................24
4.02 Preservation of Rights and Properties...............................24
4.03 Business Activities.................................................24
ii
<PAGE> 99
4.04 Payment of Taxes and Liabilities....................................25
4.05 Compliance with Applicable Laws and Contracts.......................25
4.06 Preservation of Loan Document Enforceability........................25
4.07 Insurance...........................................................25
4.08 Use of Proceeds.....................................................25
4.09 Future Subsidiaries.................................................25
Article 5. .................................................................26
5.01 Other Indebtedness..................................................26
5.02 Guaranties..........................................................26
5.03 Liens...............................................................26
5.04 Dividends, Stock Purchases..........................................26
5.05 Merger or Consolidation.............................................26
5.06 Disposition of Assets...............................................27
5.07 Taxes of Other Persons..............................................27
5.08 Benefit Plans.......................................................27
5.09 Transactions with Affiliates........................................27
5.10 Limitation on Restrictive Covenants.................................27
5.11 Prepayment of Indebtedness..........................................27
5.12 Restructuring Charges...............................................28
5.13 Other Letters of Credit.............................................28
Article 6. .................................................................28
6.01 Ratio of Indebtedness to Capitalization.............................28
6.02 Fixed Charge Ratio..................................................28
6.03 Leverage Ratio......................................................29
iii
<PAGE> 100
6.04 Capital Expenditures................................................29
6.05 Net Income..........................................................29
Article 7. .................................................................29
7.01 Information to Be Furnished.........................................29
7.02 Information.........................................................31
7.03 Additional Covenants Relating to Disclosure.........................31
7.04 Authorization of Third Parties to Deliver Information and Discuss
Affairs...........................................................32
Article 8. .................................................................32
8.01 Events of Default...................................................32
8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default......................................35
8.03 Expenses............................................................36
Article 9. .................................................................36
9.01 Mandatory Suspension and Conversion of LIBO Rate Loans..............36
9.02 Regulatory Changes..................................................37
9.03 Risk-Based Capital Requirements.....................................38
9.04 Funding Losses......................................................38
9.05 Certain Determinations..............................................39
9.06 Change of Lending Office............................................39
Article 10. ................................................................39
10.01 Appointment and Powers..............................................40
10.02 Limitation on Agent's Liability.....................................40
10.03 Defaults............................................................40
10.04 Rights as a Bank....................................................41
iv
<PAGE> 101
10.05 Indemnification.....................................................41
10.06 Non-Reliance on Agent. Issuing Bank and Other Banks.................41
10.07 Resignation of the Agent............................................42
Article 11. ................................................................42
11.01 Notices and Deliveries..............................................42
11.02 Expenses; Indemnification...........................................44
11.03 Amounts Payable Due upon Request for Payment........................45
11.04 Rights Cumulative...................................................45
11.05 Disclosures.........................................................45
11.06 Amendments; Waivers.................................................45
11.07 Set-Off: Suspension of Payment and Performance......................46
11.08 Sharing of Recoveries...............................................46
11.09 Assignments and Participations......................................47
11.10 Governing Law.......................................................48
11.11 Judicial Proceedings: Waiver of Jury Trial..........................48
11.12 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.............................................49
11.13 Severability of Provisions..........................................49
11.14 Counterparts........................................................49
11.15 Survival of Obligations.............................................49
11.16 Entire Agreement....................................................49
11.17 Successors and Assigns..............................................49
11.18 Cash Collateral.....................................................49
11.19 Consent to Guaranties...............................................50
v
<PAGE> 102
Article 12. ................................................................50
12.01 Defined Terms.......................................................50
12.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.......................................67
12.03 Accounting Matters..................................................68
12.04 Representations and Warranties......................................68
12.05 Captions............................................................69
12.06 Interpretation of Related Documents.................................69
vi
<PAGE> 103
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of
March 26, 1998
Between
Lechters, Inc.
and
The Chase Manhattan Bank,
Fleet Bank, National Association,
and
CoreStates Bank, N.A.
<PAGE> 104
[Letterhead of LeBoeuf, Lamb]
March 26, 1998
To the Agent and each Bank
party to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel to Lechters, Inc., a New Jersey
corporation (the "Borrower") and each of its subsidiaries listed on Schedule A
to this opinion (each a "Subsidiary, collectively, the "Subsidiaries," and
together with the Borrower, the "Companies,") in connection with that certain
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the
Borrower, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof (the "Banks") and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Agent"). Unless otherwise defined herein,
terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein as therein defined.
In connection with this opinion, we have examined and relied upon
the following:
(i) A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the
Companies, and all amendments thereto, each certified by an officer of the
respective entity;
(ii) A copy of the By-laws of each of the Companies, and all
amendments thereto, each certified by an officer of the respective entity;
(iii) Certificates, dated as of a recent date (the
"Certificates"), attesting to continued corporate existence and/or good
standing, from the Secretary of State of each state set forth on Exhibit
A, with respect to each of the Companies other than as indicated on such
Exhibit A;
(iv) Resolutions adopted at a meeting of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower and resolutions adopted by the written consent
of the Board of Directors of each of the Subsidiaries, each authorizing
the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which
such entity is a party, and authorizing the transactions relating thereto,
certified by an officer of the respective entity;
(v) Judgment, tax and lien searches (the "Borrower Search")
against the Borrower performed by CSC Networks in the State of New Jersey
and in the State of Nevada (collectively, the "Searches"); and
<PAGE> 105
(vi) Counterparts of each of the Loan Documents executed by
each of the parties thereto and all exhibits and schedules attached
thereto.
In addition, we have examined originals, or copies certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate documents and other
records of the Companies, and such certificates and telegrams of public
officials and certificates of officers of the Companies, and such agreements,
instruments and other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the
opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we
have, when the relevant facts were not independently established by us, relied
upon statements and certificates of officers of the Companies, statements and
certificates of public officials, and upon the representations of the Companies
in the Loan Documents, as well as upon the accuracy of the recitals made in the
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Companies. As to any
certificate, telegram or other document from a person other than an officer of
any Company given or dated earlier than the date hereof, we have assumed that it
has remained accurate as far as relevant to the opinions contained herein from
such earlier date through and including the date hereof.
In connection with this opinion, we have assumed (i) the genuineness
of all signatures, (ii) the authenticity of all such documents submitted to us
as originals, (iii) the conformity to authentic originals of all such documents
submitted to us as copies, excerpts or telecopies, and (iv) the accuracy and
completeness of all records made available to us by the Companies and others.
We are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for,
the accuracy, sufficiency, completeness or fairness of any statements,
representations, warranties, descriptions, information or financial data
supplied by the Companies or anyone else with respect to any Loan Document, or
the transactions contemplated thereby, and we make no representation that we
have independently verified the accuracy, sufficiency, completeness or fairness
of any of the foregoing. As to factual matters referenced herein we have relied
upon the representations of the Companies contained in the Loan Documents and
oral and written statements of officers or other representatives thereof.
With respect to references herein to our "knowledge" or words of
similar import, such references mean the knowledge which those attorneys
currently employed by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. who have
participated directly in the specific transactions to which this opinion relates
and, therefore, might have such knowledge, have obtained from (i) their review
of the certificates, documents, instruments and corporate records referred to in
this letter; (ii) the representations and warranties of the Companies and others
set forth in the documents identified herein with respect to factual matters;
and (iii) any other source. However, except as specifically noted herein, we
have not made any independent review or investigation of any factual matter.
Based on the foregoing, and based upon the assumptions and subject
to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
<PAGE> 106
1. Except as otherwise indicated on Exhibit A hereto, the Borrower and
each Subsidiary are corporations validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. The Borrower and each
of the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule A hereto as being incorporated under
the laws of the States of New Jersey, Delaware or New York (such Subsidiaries,
collectively the "Specific Subsidiaries") have the corporate power and authority
to own their respective properties and to carry on their respective businesses
as now being conducted. Except for Lechters Hawaii, Inc., as discussed below,
the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries are duly qualified and in good
standing as foreign corporations, and to our knowledge, subject to the
qualifications set forth below with respect to Harrison Investment Corp.
("Harrison"), are authorized to do business in all jurisdictions in which the
character of their respective properties or the nature of their respective
businesses requires such qualification or authorization, except for
qualifications and authorizations the lack of which, individually or in the
aggregate, has not had and will not, to our knowledge, have a Materially Adverse
Effect upon the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, you should be advised that Harrison is not
qualified to do business in any state other than Delaware. Harrison has filed or
intends to file income tax returns for 1997 in the States of Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Iowa, Massachusetts, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee and Wisconsin as a result of the receipt from the
relevant Subsidiaries of royalty payments for the licensing of the Lechters
name, and the use by such Subsidiary of the Lechters name in the relevant
jurisdiction. Harrison's officers have determined that Harrison is required to
file income tax returns only in the foregoing states and is not required to
qualify to do business in any state (other than Delaware). We express no opinion
as to whether the preceding facts about Harrison have had, do have, or will
have, a Materially Adverse Effect upon Harrison, the Borrower or the
Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Furthermore, Lechters Hawaii, Inc.
has filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Hawaii a Notice of Intent
to Dissolve.
2. The Borrower has the requisite corporate power, and has taken all
necessary corporate action, to execute, deliver and perform in accordance with
their respective terms the Credit Agreement and the Notes and to borrow under
the Credit Agreement in the unused amount of the Commitments.
3. Each of the Specific Subsidiaries has the requisite corporate power,
and has taken all necessary corporate action, to execute, deliver and perform in
accordance with its terms the Subsidiaries Guaranty.
5. The Credit Agreement and the Notes have been duly executed and
delivered by the Borrower.
6. The Subsidiaries Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by each
of the Specific Subsidiaries.
7. Courts of the State of New Jersey, if properly presented with the
question, should give effect to the choice-of-law provisions contained in each
of the Loan Documents, which by their terms are governed by the laws of the
State of New York except to the extent that a court may conclude that to give
such effect would contravene the public policy of the State of New Jersey.
<PAGE> 107
Should, however, a New Jersey court elect the internal laws of the State of New
Jersey as the choice of law for the interpretation and enforcement of the Loan
Documents, each Loan Document would be the valid and binding obligation of each
Company enforceable against such Company in accordance with its terms under the
internal laws of the State of New Jersey.
8. The Credit Agreement and the Notes are legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with
their respective terms.
9. The Subsidiaries Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligation of
each Subsidiary, enforceable against such Subsidiary in accordance with its
terms.
10. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with their
respective terms by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement and the Notes and each
borrowing under the Credit Agreement, whether or not in the amount of the unused
Commitments, does not and (absent any change in any federal, State of New
Jersey, State of New York or Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to the
Borrower (the "Specific Applicable Law")) will not:
(a) require any Government Approval, any consent or approval of any
Subsidiary, any consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or, to our knowledge, any other consent or approval, other
than consents and approvals that have been obtained; or
(b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any
assets of the Borrower under, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or
By-Laws of the Borrower, or (ii) any material Specific Applicable Law.
11. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with its terms
by each of the Specific Subsidiaries of the Subsidiaries Guaranty, does not and
(absent any change in any Specific Applicable Law) will not:
(a) require any Government Approval, any consent or approval of the
Borrower or, to our knowledge, any other consent or approval, other than
consents and approvals that have been obtained; or
(b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any
assets of any of the Specific Subsidiaries under (i) the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws thereof or, or (ii) violate any material Specific
Applicable Law.
12. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with its terms
by the Subsidiaries other than the Specific Subsidiaries of the Subsidiaries
Guaranty does not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any assets
of any such Subsidiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of such Subsidiary's
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.
<PAGE> 108
13. To our knowledge, based on the Borrower Search and without independent
investigation by us, there are not, in any court or before any arbitrator of any
kind or before or by any governmental body, any actions, suits or proceedings
pending against or relating to (a) the Borrower or its businesses or properties,
(b) the Subsidiaries or their businesses or properties, (c) the Credit Agreement
or the Subsidiaries Guaranty, or (d) the Notes, which if adversely determined,
would individually or in the aggregate, have a Materially Adverse Effect on the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
The opinions set forth above are subject to the following additional
qualifications:
(a) Our opinions above are subject to:
(i) the effect of general principles of equity, including
(without limitation) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and
fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law);
(ii) the effect of federal and state securities laws, rules
and regulations and public policy as they may limit rights to indemnification;
and
(iii) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
arrangement, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we have not been requested to
render and, with your permission, we express no opinion as to the applicability
to the obligations of the Borrower of, or whether any such obligations may be
voidable under, Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code or Article 10 of the
New York Debtor and Creditor Law relating to fraudulent transfers and
obligations.
(b) We express no opinion as to:
(i) the effect of the laws of any jurisdiction in which any
Bank is located (other than New York) that limit the interest, fees or other
charges a lender may impose; and
(ii) the legality, validity, binding nature, or enforceability
of financial covenants to the extent they may be construed as independent
clauses which purport to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable by themselves
(as distinguished from being defaults or events of default).
(c) We have assumed:
(i) that the genuineness of all signatures, other than those
of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic originals of all
documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies;
<PAGE> 109
(ii) that the Agent and each of the Banks have the requisite
power and authority to enter into and perform the Amendment and the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party;
(iii) that the Agent and the Banks have duly authorized,
executed and delivered, and the Borrower has accepted delivery of, each of the
Loan Documents to which the Agent and the Banks are a party;
(iv) that the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by
the Agent and each of the Banks, and the observance, payment and performance of
the provisions contained therein, will not conflict with or result in a breach
of any organizational documents of such other party or any requirements of law
applicable thereto;
(v) that the Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Agent and each of the Banks, enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms and that the Agent and each of the Banks
will observe and perform the conditions, covenants, obligations and other
liabilities arising with respect to such Term Loan Document;
(vi) that the execution and delivery of the Subsidiaries
Guaranty by each of the Subsidiaries other than the Specific Subsidiaries, and
the observance, payment and performance of the provisions contained therein,
will not conflict with or result in a breach of any requirements of law
applicable thereto;
(vii) that each Subsidiary has received legally sufficient
consideration for its obligations under the Subsidiaries Guaranty;
(viii) that upon execution, delivery or performance of the
Subsidiaries Guaranty, no Subsidiary (a) is or will be thereby rendered
insolvent, (b) is engaged in or about to engage in business or a transaction for
which the capital remaining in its hands is unreasonably small capital, (c)
intends or believes it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they
mature; and
(x) that with respect to the Subsidiaries other than the
Specific Subsidiaries, a guaranty by a subsidiary of its parent company's
obligations does not contravene or otherwise violate the public policy or the
corporation laws of the state of incorporation of such subsidiary.
In addition, we call your attention to the fact that certain
provisions of the Loan Documents which permit the Banks or the Agent to take
action or make determinations may be subject to a requirement that such action
be taken or such determinations be made in a commercially reasonable manner.
No opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the State
of New Jersey, the Delaware General Corporation Law and the federal laws of the
United States of America, provided, however, that we express no opinion as to
federal trademark and copyright laws, federal and state aviation laws,
anti-trust laws or any rules and regulations promulgated therein. While members
of our firm are admitted to practice in various jurisdictions, those of us
responsible for the preparation
<PAGE> 110
and review of this opinion are admitted to practice only in the State of New
York and the State of New Jersey and have not examined the laws of any other
jurisdiction (other than the federal laws of the United States of America,
subject to the exclusions above, and the Delaware General Corporation Law.)
This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion
is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. This opinion
is based upon and relies upon facts in existence on this date and upon statutory
and case law and in all respects is subject to and may be limited by changes in
facts, future legislation and by developing case law. We assume no obligation to
update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances which
may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in law which may hereafter
occur, even if relied on in the future as permitted below.
This opinion is rendered to you solely for your benefit in
connection with the above transactions and may not be relied upon by you or any
other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent, except
that the Agent, each Bank and each assignee of a Bank which hereafter becomes a
party to the Loan Agreement pursuant to and in accordance the Loan Agreement may
rely on this opinion, but only as of the date hereof.
Very truly yours,
<PAGE> 111
EXHIBIT A
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ------------------ ----------------------
Lechters Alabama, Inc. Alabama
Lechters Arizona, Inc. Arizona
Lechters Arkansas, Inc. Arkansas
Lechters California, Inc. California
Lechters Colorado, Inc. Colorado
Lechters Connecticut, Inc. Connecticut
Lechters Delaware, Inc. Delaware
Lechters Florida, Inc. Florida
Lechters Georgia, Inc. Georgia
Hawaii [Filed Notice of
Lechters Hawaii, Inc. Intent to Dissolve]
Lechters Idaho, Inc. Idaho
Lechters Illinois, Inc. Illinois
Lechters Indiana, Inc. Indiana
Lechters Iowa, Inc. Iowa
Lechters Kansas, Inc. Kansas
Lechters Kentucky, Inc. Kentucky
Lechters Louisiana, Inc. Louisiana
Lechters Maine, Inc. Maine
Lechters Baltimore, Inc. Maryland
Lechters Holyoke, Inc. Massachusetts
Lechters Michigan, Inc. Michigan
Lechters Minnesota, Inc. Minnesota
Lechters Mississippi, Inc. Mississippi
Lechters Missouri, Inc. Missouri
Lechters Nebraska, Inc. Nebraska
Lechters Nevada, Inc. Nevada
Lechters New Hampshire, Inc. New Hampshire
Lechters New Jersey, Inc. New Jersey
Lechters New Mexico, Inc. New Mexico
Lechters New York, Inc. New York
Lechters N.Y.C., Inc. New York
Lechters North Carolina, Inc. North Carolina
Lechters Ohio, Inc. Ohio
Lechters Oklahoma, Inc. Oklahoma
Lechters Oregon, Inc. Oregon
Lechters Pennsylvania, Inc. Pennsylvania
Lechters Rhode Island, Inc. Rhode Island
Lechters South Carolina, Inc. South Carolina
Lechters Tennessee, Inc. Tennessee
Lechters Texas, Inc. Texas
Lechters Utah, Inc. Utah
Lechters Vermont, Inc. Vermont
Lechters Springfield, Inc. Virginia
Lechters Washington, Inc. Washington
Lechters West Virginia, Inc. West Virginia
Lechters Wisconsin, Inc. Wisconsin
Cooks Club, Inc. New Jersey
Regent Gallery, Inc. New Jersey
Simple Solutions of NJ, Inc. New Jersey
Harrison Investment Inc. Delaware
<PAGE> 112
[Letterhead of LeBoeuf, Lamb]
March 26, 1998
To the Agent and each Bank
party to the Credit Agreement
referred to below
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel to Lechters, Inc., a New Jersey
corporation (the "Borrower") and each of its subsidiaries listed on Schedule A
to this opinion (each a "Subsidiary, collectively, the "Subsidiaries," and
together with the Borrower, the "Companies,") in connection with that certain
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement"), among the
Borrower, the banks listed on the signature pages thereof (the "Banks") and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent (the "Agent"). Unless otherwise defined herein,
terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein as therein defined.
In connection with this opinion, we have examined and relied upon
the following:
(i) A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the
Companies, and all amendments thereto, each certified by an officer of the
respective entity;
(ii) A copy of the By-laws of each of the Companies, and all
amendments thereto, each certified by an officer of the respective entity;
(iii) Certificates, dated as of a recent date (the
"Certificates"), attesting to continued corporate existence and/or good
standing, from the Secretary of State of each state set forth on Exhibit
A, with respect to each of the Companies other than as indicated on such
Exhibit A;
(iv) Resolutions adopted at a meeting of the Board of
Directors of the Borrower and resolutions adopted by the written consent
of the Board of Directors of each of the Subsidiaries, each authorizing
the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which
such entity is a party, and authorizing the transactions relating thereto,
certified by an officer of the respective entity;
(v) Judgment, tax and lien searches (the "Borrower Search")
against the Borrower performed by CSC Networks in the State of New Jersey
and in the State of Nevada (collectively, the "Searches"); and
<PAGE> 113
(vi) Counterparts of each of the Loan Documents executed by
each of the parties thereto and all exhibits and schedules attached
thereto.
In addition, we have examined originals, or copies certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate documents and other
records of the Companies, and such certificates and telegrams of public
officials and certificates of officers of the Companies, and such agreements,
instruments and other documents as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the
opinions expressed below. As to questions of fact material to such opinions, we
have, when the relevant facts were not independently established by us, relied
upon statements and certificates of officers of the Companies, statements and
certificates of public officials, and upon the representations of the Companies
in the Loan Documents, as well as upon the accuracy of the recitals made in the
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Companies. As to any
certificate, telegram or other document from a person other than an officer of
any Company given or dated earlier than the date hereof, we have assumed that it
has remained accurate as far as relevant to the opinions contained herein from
such earlier date through and including the date hereof.
In connection with this opinion, we have assumed (i) the genuineness
of all signatures, (ii) the authenticity of all such documents submitted to us
as originals, (iii) the conformity to authentic originals of all such documents
submitted to us as copies, excerpts or telecopies, and (iv) the accuracy and
completeness of all records made available to us by the Companies and others.
We are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for,
the accuracy, sufficiency, completeness or fairness of any statements,
representations, warranties, descriptions, information or financial data
supplied by the Companies or anyone else with respect to any Loan Document, or
the transactions contemplated thereby, and we make no representation that we
have independently verified the accuracy, sufficiency, completeness or fairness
of any of the foregoing. As to factual matters referenced herein we have relied
upon the representations of the Companies contained in the Loan Documents and
oral and written statements of officers or other representatives thereof.
With respect to references herein to our "knowledge" or words of
similar import, such references mean the knowledge which those attorneys
currently employed by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. who have
participated directly in the specific transactions to which this opinion relates
and, therefore, might have such knowledge, have obtained from (i) their review
of the certificates, documents, instruments and corporate records referred to in
this letter; (ii) the representations and warranties of the Companies and others
set forth in the documents identified herein with respect to factual matters;
and (iii) any other source. However, except as specifically noted herein, we
have not made any independent review or investigation of any factual matter.
Based on the foregoing, and based upon the assumptions and subject
to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
<PAGE> 114
1. Except as otherwise indicated on Exhibit A hereto, the Borrower and
each Subsidiary are corporations validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. The Borrower and each
of the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule A hereto as being incorporated under
the laws of the States of New Jersey, Delaware or New York (such Subsidiaries,
collectively the "Specific Subsidiaries") have the corporate power and authority
to own their respective properties and to carry on their respective businesses
as now being conducted. Except for Lechters Hawaii, Inc., as discussed below,
the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries are duly qualified and in good
standing as foreign corporations, and to our knowledge, subject to the
qualifications set forth below with respect to Harrison Investment Corp.
("Harrison"), are authorized to do business in all jurisdictions in which the
character of their respective properties or the nature of their respective
businesses requires such qualification or authorization, except for
qualifications and authorizations the lack of which, individually or in the
aggregate, has not had and will not, to our knowledge, have a Materially Adverse
Effect upon the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, you should be advised that Harrison is not
qualified to do business in any state other than Delaware. Harrison has filed or
intends to file income tax returns for 1997 in the States of Arkansas, Florida,
Georgia, Iowa, Massachusetts, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee and Wisconsin as a result of the receipt from the
relevant Subsidiaries of royalty payments for the licensing of the Lechters
name, and the use by such Subsidiary of the Lechters name in the relevant
jurisdiction. Harrison's officers have determined that Harrison is required to
file income tax returns only in the foregoing states and is not required to
qualify to do business in any state (other than Delaware). We express no opinion
as to whether the preceding facts about Harrison have had, do have, or will
have, a Materially Adverse Effect upon Harrison, the Borrower or the
Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Furthermore, Lechters Hawaii, Inc.
has filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Hawaii a Notice of Intent
to Dissolve.
2. The Borrower has the requisite corporate power, and has taken all
necessary corporate action, to execute, deliver and perform in accordance with
their respective terms the Credit Agreement and the Notes and to borrow under
the Credit Agreement in the unused amount of the Commitments.
3. Each of the Specific Subsidiaries has the requisite corporate power,
and has taken all necessary corporate action, to execute, deliver and perform in
accordance with its terms the Subsidiaries Guaranty.
5. The Credit Agreement and the Notes have been duly executed and
delivered by the Borrower.
6. The Subsidiaries Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by each
of the Specific Subsidiaries.
7. Courts of the State of New Jersey, if properly presented with the
question, should give effect to the choice-of-law provisions contained in each
of the Loan Documents, which by their terms are governed by the laws of the
State of New York except to the extent that a court may conclude that to give
such effect would contravene the public policy of the State of New Jersey.
<PAGE> 115
Should, however, a New Jersey court elect the internal laws of the State of New
Jersey as the choice of law for the interpretation and enforcement of the Loan
Documents, each Loan Document would be the valid and binding obligation of each
Company enforceable against such Company in accordance with its terms under the
internal laws of the State of New Jersey.
8. The Credit Agreement and the Notes are legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with
their respective terms.
9. The Subsidiaries Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligation of
each Subsidiary, enforceable against such Subsidiary in accordance with its
terms.
10. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with their
respective terms by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement and the Notes and each
borrowing under the Credit Agreement, whether or not in the amount of the unused
Commitments, does not and (absent any change in any federal, State of New
Jersey, State of New York or Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to the
Borrower (the "Specific Applicable Law")) will not:
(a) require any Government Approval, any consent or approval of any
Subsidiary, any consent or approval of the stockholders of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or, to our knowledge, any other consent or approval, other
than consents and approvals that have been obtained; or
(b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any
assets of the Borrower under, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or
By-Laws of the Borrower, or (ii) any material Specific Applicable Law.
11. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with its terms
by each of the Specific Subsidiaries of the Subsidiaries Guaranty, does not and
(absent any change in any Specific Applicable Law) will not:
(a) require any Government Approval, any consent or approval of the
Borrower or, to our knowledge, any other consent or approval, other than
consents and approvals that have been obtained; or
(b) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any
assets of any of the Specific Subsidiaries under (i) the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws thereof or, or (ii) violate any material Specific
Applicable Law.
12. The execution, delivery and performance in accordance with its terms
by the Subsidiaries other than the Specific Subsidiaries of the Subsidiaries
Guaranty does not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, or result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any assets
of any such Subsidiary pursuant to the terms and provisions of such Subsidiary's
Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.
<PAGE> 116
13. To our knowledge, based on the Borrower Search and without independent
investigation by us, there are not, in any court or before any arbitrator of any
kind or before or by any governmental body, any actions, suits or proceedings
pending against or relating to (a) the Borrower or its businesses or properties,
(b) the Subsidiaries or their businesses or properties, (c) the Credit Agreement
or the Subsidiaries Guaranty, or (d) the Notes, which if adversely determined,
would individually or in the aggregate, have a Materially Adverse Effect on the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
The opinions set forth above are subject to the following additional
qualifications:
(a) Our opinions above are subject to:
(i) the effect of general principles of equity, including
(without limitation) concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and
fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law);
(ii) the effect of federal and state securities laws, rules
and regulations and public policy as they may limit rights to indemnification;
and
(iii) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
arrangement, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we have not been requested to
render and, with your permission, we express no opinion as to the applicability
to the obligations of the Borrower of, or whether any such obligations may be
voidable under, Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code or Article 10 of the
New York Debtor and Creditor Law relating to fraudulent transfers and
obligations.
(b) We express no opinion as to:
(i) the effect of the laws of any jurisdiction in which any
Bank is located (other than New York) that limit the interest, fees or other
charges a lender may impose; and
(ii) the legality, validity, binding nature, or enforceability
of financial covenants to the extent they may be construed as independent
clauses which purport to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable by themselves
(as distinguished from being defaults or events of default).
(c) We have assumed:
(i) that the genuineness of all signatures, other than those
of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic originals of all
documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies;
<PAGE> 117
(ii) that the Agent and each of the Banks have the requisite
power and authority to enter into and perform the Amendment and the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party;
(iii) that the Agent and the Banks have duly authorized,
executed and delivered, and the Borrower has accepted delivery of, each of the
Loan Documents to which the Agent and the Banks are a party;
(iv) that the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by
the Agent and each of the Banks, and the observance, payment and performance of
the provisions contained therein, will not conflict with or result in a breach
of any organizational documents of such other party or any requirements of law
applicable thereto;
(v) that the Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Agent and each of the Banks, enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms and that the Agent and each of the Banks
will observe and perform the conditions, covenants, obligations and other
liabilities arising with respect to such Term Loan Document;
(vi) that the execution and delivery of the Subsidiaries
Guaranty by each of the Subsidiaries other than the Specific Subsidiaries, and
the observance, payment and performance of the provisions contained therein,
will not conflict with or result in a breach of any requirements of law
applicable thereto;
(vii) that each Subsidiary has received legally sufficient
consideration for its obligations under the Subsidiaries Guaranty;
(viii) that upon execution, delivery or performance of the
Subsidiaries Guaranty, no Subsidiary (a) is or will be thereby rendered
insolvent, (b) is engaged in or about to engage in business or a transaction for
which the capital remaining in its hands is unreasonably small capital, (c)
intends or believes it will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they
mature; and
(x) that with respect to the Subsidiaries other than the
Specific Subsidiaries, a guaranty by a subsidiary of its parent company's
obligations does not contravene or otherwise violate the public policy or the
corporation laws of the state of incorporation of such subsidiary.
In addition, we call your attention to the fact that certain
provisions of the Loan Documents which permit the Banks or the Agent to take
action or make determinations may be subject to a requirement that such action
be taken or such determinations be made in a commercially reasonable manner.
No opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any
jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the State
of New Jersey, the Delaware General Corporation Law and the federal laws of the
United States of America, provided, however, that we express no opinion as to
federal trademark and copyright laws, federal and state aviation laws,
anti-trust laws or any rules and regulations promulgated therein. While members
of our firm are admitted to practice in various jurisdictions, those of us
responsible for the preparation
<PAGE> 118
and review of this opinion are admitted to practice only in the State of New
York and the State of New Jersey and have not examined the laws of any other
jurisdiction (other than the federal laws of the United States of America,
subject to the exclusions above, and the Delaware General Corporation Law.)
This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion
is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. This opinion
is based upon and relies upon facts in existence on this date and upon statutory
and case law and in all respects is subject to and may be limited by changes in
facts, future legislation and by developing case law. We assume no obligation to
update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances which
may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in law which may hereafter
occur, even if relied on in the future as permitted below.
This opinion is rendered to you solely for your benefit in
connection with the above transactions and may not be relied upon by you or any
other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent, except
that the Agent, each Bank and each assignee of a Bank which hereafter becomes a
party to the Loan Agreement pursuant to and in accordance the Loan Agreement may
rely on this opinion, but only as of the date hereof.
Very truly yours,
<PAGE> 119
EXHIBIT A
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ------------------ ----------------------
Lechters Alabama, Inc. Alabama
Lechters Arizona, Inc. Arizona
Lechters Arkansas, Inc. Arkansas
Lechters California, Inc. California
Lechters Colorado, Inc. Colorado
Lechters Connecticut, Inc. Connecticut
Lechters Delaware, Inc. Delaware
Lechters Florida, Inc. Florida
Lechters Georgia, Inc. Georgia
Hawaii [Filed Notice of
Lechters Hawaii, Inc. Intent to Dissolve]
Lechters Idaho, Inc. Idaho
Lechters Illinois, Inc. Illinois
Lechters Indiana, Inc. Indiana
Lechters Iowa, Inc. Iowa
Lechters Kansas, Inc. Kansas
Lechters Kentucky, Inc. Kentucky
Lechters Louisiana, Inc. Louisiana
Lechters Maine, Inc. Maine
Lechters Baltimore, Inc. Maryland
Lechters Holyoke, Inc. Massachusetts
Lechters Michigan, Inc. Michigan
Lechters Minnesota, Inc. Minnesota
Lechters Mississippi, Inc. Mississippi
Lechters Missouri, Inc. Missouri
Lechters Nebraska, Inc. Nebraska
Lechters Nevada, Inc. Nevada
Lechters New Hampshire, Inc. New Hampshire
Lechters New Jersey, Inc. New Jersey
Lechters New Mexico, Inc. New Mexico
Lechters New York, Inc. New York
Lechters N.Y.C., Inc. New York
Lechters North Carolina, Inc. North Carolina
Lechters Ohio, Inc. Ohio
Lechters Oklahoma, Inc. Oklahoma
Lechters Oregon, Inc. Oregon
Lechters Pennsylvania, Inc. Pennsylvania
Lechters Rhode Island, Inc. Rhode Island
Lechters South Carolina, Inc. South Carolina
Lechters Tennessee, Inc. Tennessee
Lechters Texas, Inc. Texas
Lechters Utah, Inc. Utah
Lechters Vermont, Inc. Vermont
Lechters Springfield, Inc. Virginia
Lechters Washington, Inc. Washington
Lechters West Virginia, Inc. West Virginia
Lechters Wisconsin, Inc. Wisconsin
Cooks Club, Inc. New Jersey
Regent Gallery, Inc. New Jersey
Simple Solutions of NJ, Inc. New Jersey
Harrison Investment Inc. Delaware
<PAGE> 120
-3-
Schedule 4.09
GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT, dated as of _____________ (this
"Guaranty"), by the undersigned (the "Guarantor") in favor of The Chase
Manhattan Bank, a New York banking corporation, as agent (in such capacity, the
"Agent") for several banks and other financial institutions (collectively, the
"Lenders"; individually, a "Lender") from time to time parties to the Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1998 (as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among
Lechters, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders, and The
Chase Manhattan Bank, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Agent").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Borrower and certain Subsidiaries identified in the
Credit Agreement have requested that the Agent and the Lenders enter into the
Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the
Credit Agreement and to the obligations of the Lenders to make the extensions of
credit provided for therein that certain Subsidiaries identified in the Credit
Agreement shall have executed and delivered the Subsidiary Guaranty, attached
hereto as Exhibit A, in the manner provided for in the Subsidiary Guaranty; and
WHEREAS, the Borrower has covenanted and agreed, and it is a
condition to the continuing effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and to the
obligations of the Lenders to make the extensions of credit provided for
therein, that the Borrower shall cause any Person which becomes a Subsidiary of
the Borrower after the Closing Date to execute and deliver this Subsidiary
Guaranty Supplement in the manner provided for herein;
WHEREAS, the Guarantor became a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the
Closing Date;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein in
to induce the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor hereby
agrees with the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, as follows:
<PAGE> 121
1. Defined Terms.
(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
Credit Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.
2. Guaranty
The Guarantor hereby agrees to undertake and to be bound by the
terms set forth in the Subsidiary Guaranty and is hereby party to the Subsidiary
Guaranty with full force and effect as if the Guarantor was party to the
Subsidiary Guaranty as of the Closing Date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guaranty to be
duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and
year first above written.
[insert signatures]
-2-
<PAGE> 122
Schedule I
Notice
[Address for Guarantor]
-3-
<PAGE> 1
AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
OFFICE AND DISTRIBUTION
EMPLOYEES' UNION LOCAL 99, UNITE
AND
LECHTERS, INC. (OFFICE)
*
JULY 1, 1997 - JUNE 30, 2000
[REVISED - 10/15/97]
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNION RECOGNITION............................................................1
SCOPE OF AGREEMENT...........................................................1
HIRING OF EMPLOYEES..........................................................2
UNION SECURITY...............................................................3
TRIAL PERIOD.................................................................3
TEMPORARY EMPLOYEES..........................................................4
SENIORITY, LAYOFF AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE.......................................4
HOURS OF WORK................................................................5
OVERTIME PAY.................................................................5
PAYMENT OF APPEARANCE FOR WORK...............................................6
GENERAL WAGE INCREASE........................................................7
MINIMUM WAGE.................................................................7
HOLIDAYS.....................................................................7
VACATIONS...................................................................10
AUTHORITY TO ACT FOR UNION..................................................11
NO-STRIKE PROVISION.........................................................12
NO LOCK-OUT PROVISION.......................................................13
i
<PAGE> 3
ARBITRATION.................................................................13
CHECK OFF OF DUES...........................................................16
BENEFIT FUNDS...............................................................16
SEVERANCE FUND - TERMINATION OR DISMISSAL OF BENEFITS.......................21
DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYEES......................................................24
SHOP STEWARD AND COMMITTEE..................................................24
RIGHT OF VISITATION.........................................................25
STRIKES OF UNITE AFFILIATES.................................................25
EXAMINATION OF RECORDS......................................................25
PENALTY UPON FAILURE TO PAY DUES AND CONTRIBUTIONS..........................25
MANAGEMENT RIGHTS...........................................................26
UNION RECOGNITION IN ADDITIONAL FACILITIES..................................26
REMOVAL OF FACILITIES.......................................................27
CONTRACTING OUT.............................................................27
REORGANIZATION..............................................................28
SURVIVAL OF LIABILITY.......................................................28
CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF SALE OR TRANSFER.....................28
ii
<PAGE> 4
INVALIDITY OF PART OF AGREEMENT.............................................29
NO DISCRIMINATION...........................................................30
EXISTING BENEFITS...........................................................30
JURY DUTY...................................................................30
TIME OFF FOR UNION MEETINGS.................................................30
UNUSUAL WEATHER CONDITIONS..................................................31
FIRE DRILLS.................................................................31
HEALTH AND SAFETY...........................................................31
NO MODIFICATION OR WAIVER...................................................31
DURATION OF AGREEMENT.......................................................32
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN.........................................................32
UNION RECOGNITION............................................................1
SCOPE OF AGREEMENT...........................................................1
HIRING OF EMPLOYEES..........................................................2
UNION SECURITY...............................................................3
TRIAL PERIOD.................................................................3
TEMPORARY EMPLOYEES..........................................................4
SENIORITY, LAYOFF AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE.......................................4
iii
<PAGE> 5
HOURS OF WORK................................................................5
OVERTIME PAY.................................................................5
PAYMENT OF APPEARANCE FOR WORK...............................................6
GENERAL WAGE INCREASE........................................................7
MINIMUM WAGE.................................................................7
HOLIDAYS.....................................................................7
VACATIONS...................................................................10
AUTHORITY TO ACT FOR UNION..................................................11
NO-STRIKE PROVISION.........................................................12
NO LOCK-OUT PROVISION.......................................................13
ARBITRATION.................................................................13
CHECK OFF OF DUES...........................................................16
BENEFIT FUNDS...............................................................16
SEVERANCE FUND - TERMINATION OR DISMISSAL OF BENEFITS.......................21
DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYEES......................................................24
SHOP STEWARD AND COMMITTEE..................................................24
RIGHT OF VISITATION.........................................................25
STRIKES OF UNITE AFFILIATES.................................................25
iv
<PAGE> 6
EXAMINATION OF RECORDS......................................................25
PENALTY UPON FAILURE TO PAY DUES AND CONTRIBUTIONS..........................25
MANAGEMENT RIGHTS...........................................................26
UNION RECOGNITION IN ADDITIONAL FACILITIES..................................26
REMOVAL OF FACILITIES.......................................................27
CONTRACTING OUT.............................................................27
REORGANIZATION..............................................................28
SURVIVAL OF LIABILITY.......................................................28
CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF SALE OR TRANSFER.....................28
INVALIDITY OF PART OF AGREEMENT.............................................29
NO DISCRIMINATION...........................................................30
EXISTING BENEFITS...........................................................30
JURY DUTY...................................................................30
TIME OFF FOR UNION MEETINGS.................................................30
UNUSUAL WEATHER CONDITIONS..................................................31
FIRE DRILLS.................................................................31
HEALTH AND SAFETY...........................................................31
v
<PAGE> 7
NO MODIFICATION OR WAIVER...................................................31
DURATION OF AGREEMENT.......................................................32
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN.........................................................32
vi
<PAGE> 8
AGREEMENT made and entered into the _____ day of October, 1997, effective
as of July 1, 1997 by and between Lechters, Inc. (Office), hereinafter referred
to as the "Employer" and the Office and Distribution Employees' Union, Local 99,
UNITE, affiliated with the AFL-CIO, hereinafter referred to as the "Union."
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to regulate mutual relations between
the Employer and the Union with a view toward securing harmonious cooperation
between them and averting disputes; and
WHEREAS, the Union represents the overwhelming majority of the workers
employed by the Employer in the job functions hereinafter set forth employed by
the Employer.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth, the
parties hereto agree with each other as follows:
UNION RECOGNITION
1. The Employer recognizes the Union as the sole and exclusive bargaining
agent and representative of the employees covered by this Agreement for the
purposes of collective bargaining with respect to all matters affecting such
employees.
SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
2. This contract shall apply to and cover workers employed in the
following job functions in the office at One Cape May Street, Harrison, New
Jersey and any other office within one hundred (100) miles from the present
location in Harrison, New Jersey, to which this Agreement shall apply as set
forth in paragraphs 29 and 30 hereof:
Accounting Clerks Bookkeeper
Statistical Clerks Calculating Machine Operators
Stenographers Comptometer Operators
1
<PAGE> 9
Typists Bookkeeping Machine Operators
General Office Clerks Payroll Clerks (non-confidential)
Mail Clerks Switchboard Operators
File Clerks Distributors (paper and physical)
Merchandising Clerks Re-Order Clerks
Floor Clerks Chargers
Manual Ticketers Unit Control Clerks
Machine Ticketers Order Pickers
Examiners Receiving Clerks
Shipping Clerks Secretaries (excluding confidential
executive secretaries)
Packers Buying Clerks
Porters Stock Clerks
Check Out Clerks Fork Lift Operators
E.D.P. Operators
and all other employees doing similar work although described by another job
title. The above titles are not intended to define job functions or limit the
combinations and overlap of duties but are only listed for the purpose of
determining which employees are covered by this Agreement.
HIRING OF EMPLOYEES
3. A. The Employer shall have the sole and exclusive right to select and
hire its employees. Within forty-eight (48) hours from the time of hiring an
employee covered by this Agreement, the Employer shall send a written notice to
the Union on an appropriate form supplied by the Union, stating name, address,
salary, starting date and job function of such new employee. The Employer agrees
to notify the Union of job openings. If a request is made before 11:00 a.m., the
Union will use its best efforts to supply workers, if available, on or before
the end of the following work day, without regard to their Union membership. The
Employer shall be under no obligation to hire such referrals.
B. All covered workers who have been employed for one (1) year, shall be
given time off at least
2
<PAGE> 10
once during each contract year of this Agreement without loss of pay, for the
purpose of undergoing a physical check up examination at the Union Health
Center. All such examinations shall take place at a time mutually agreed upon
and pursuant to procedures between the Union and the Employer.
C. All eligible covered workers shall be entitled to receive three and
one-half (3 1/2) hours with pay, during each contract year, for dental facility
visits authorized by the Union with a minimum allowance of one (1) hour for each
visit.
UNION SECURITY
4. To the extent permitted by law, it shall be a condition of employment
for all employees covered by this Agreement on or after the thirtieth (30th) day
following the beginning of such employment or the execution or the effective
date of this Agreement, whichever is the later but not before completion of the
worker's trial period, to become and remain a member of the Union. For the
purpose of this provision, to become and remain a member of the Union shall be
deemed to mean that initiation fees and periodic fixed dues are not in arrears
for more than thirty (30) days and notice to that effect has been stated to the
Employer by the Union.
TRIAL PERIOD
5. A trial period of forty (40) work days is hereby fixed for new
employees covered by this Agreement. The seven ($7.00) dollar increase provided
under Section 12(B) shall be paid on completion of the trial period, retroactive
to the thirty-first (31st) day of employment. During such trial period, the
Employer may discharge such new employees without cause, without notice to the
employees or to the Union and without the consent of the Union. Thereafter, the
new employees shall not be subject to discharge, except as provided in this
Agreement. The trial period shall not be abused by the Employer and any claim of
abuse shall be the subject of arbitration hereunder.
3
<PAGE> 11
TEMPORARY EMPLOYEES
6. The use of temporary employees by the Employer shall be permitted as
follows:
A. As fill-ins on a one-for-one basis, subject to a maximum employment
period of eight (8) weeks during any twelve (12) consecutive month period or the
period of absence of the regular employee for whom the temporary employee is
filing in, if that period is longer.
B. As supplements to the regular work force, limited to forty (40)
temporary days during any twelve (12) consecutive month period.
C. As packers and movers to pack and move files and move cabinets and
furniture, limited to sixty (60) temporary days during any twelve (12)
consecutive month period.
SENIORITY, LAYOFF AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE
7. A. All rehiring and layoffs shall be done in accordance with seniority,
i.e., the last employee hired, shall be the first employee laid off and the last
employee laid off, shall be the first employee rehired. Layoffs and rehires
shall not be on a departmental basis, except where the employee in question is
unable to perform the required work. Accordingly, the Employer may elect to
layoff the employee with the least seniority who is not able to perform the
required work or rehire the employee with the most seniority who is able perform
the required work. An employee who does not return from layoff within five (5)
working days may be subject to termination. The Employer agrees to use all
reasonable efforts, including, notifying such employee, in writing, of their
right to return to work. For workers employed less than one (1) year, notice of
layoff shall be made available by the Employer during the day of such layoff.
Workers employed for one (1) year or longer shall receive notice of layoff at
least five (5) working days prior to such layoff or such workers shall be paid
for said period in lieu of said notice. Part-timers shall be informed of layoff
provisions at the time they are hired. Employees on layoff should advise the
Personnel Department where they can be reached while on layoff or absent.
4
<PAGE> 12
B. Unpaid leave of absence in case of sickness or pregnancy shall be
granted for reasonable periods. Other leaves of absence for personal needs may
be requested and shall not unreasonably be withheld. If, however, the employee
is entitled to a vacation or holiday, the employee shall use such vacation or
holiday instead of being granted an unpaid leave of absence for a purpose not
covered by the Family Medical Leave Act. Five (5) days leave of absence with pay
shall be granted in case of death in a worker's immediate family which includes:
spouse, parent, grandparent, child, grandchild, sister or brother. Two (2) days
leave of absence with pay shall be granted in case of death of a worker's
father-in-law or mother-in-law. In the event additional time off without pay is
requested, consent to such request shall not be unreasonably withheld. Two (2)
days leave of absence with pay shall be granted to a covered male worker in
connection with the birth of his child. Proof of such occurrences may be
required.
C. For the purpose of adjusting any inequities, the Employer or the Union
may request a review of a worker's continuing status of employment when an
extended layoff period or an extended leave of absence exists.
The parties agree to meet during the term of the contract to jointly
develop a mutually acceptable departmental seniority plan for purposes of layoff
and recall.
HOURS OF WORK
8. The Employer shall have the right to vary by not more than two (2)
hours, the start time of workers hired on or after July 1, 1997. The regular
work day shall end eight (8) hours after the start time, inclusive of one (1)
hour for lunch, for such workers. Present employees shall be notified of any
such position and qualified employees shall be given preference in accordance
with seniority for such position.
OVERTIME PAY
9. A. When overtime is needed, employees shall be notified as far in
advance as possible in order to allow them to make necessary preparations for
working overtime and such notice shall be given no later than the employees'
scheduled lunch break if overtime work that day is needed.
5
<PAGE> 13
B. The Union agrees that it will, through its shop committee, cooperate in
having employees perform overtime work when it is requested.
C. The Company will request volunteers from among the employees who are
capable and qualified to perform the overtime work involved. When such overtime
work is necessary and there are insufficient volunteers, the employee will be
required to work in order of reverse seniority.
D. Overtime will be allocated as equally as possible among employees
consistent with Section 9B. The overtime records shall be available for
inspection at the request of the Union.
E. Except as hereinafter provided, during the entire period of this
Agreement, Saturday work shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half and
Sunday and legal holiday work shall be paid at the rate of double time.
F. The supper money work requirement shall be increased from two (2) hours
to two and one-half (2 1/2 ) hours and supper money shall be payable for work on
weekdays only.
PAYMENT OF APPEARANCE FOR WORK
10. A. An employee called into work and who reports to work shall receive
one full day's employment or one day's pay for such day. If an employee is
called in on Saturday, Sunday and/or holiday, he shall receive at least a
minimum of five (5) hours work or a minimum of five (5) hours pay at the
applicable overtime rates.
B. The Employer shall post notice on its phone call-in system no less than
ninety (90) minutes before an employee shift start time advising employees that
the facility is closed and they should not appear for work. Employees shall use
reasonable efforts, when conditions indicate that the facility may be closed, to
call in. In the event notice fails, despite reasonable efforts by the employee,
an employee appearing at the facility for work when the facility is closed shall
be paid four (4) hours pay. In the event employees are told to leave before the
conclusion of their shift because of such conditions, such
6
<PAGE> 14
employees shall receive a full day's pay. Employees may choose to use personal
or accrued vacation time to receive payment for any day in which the facility is
closed and they would not otherwise receive payment.
GENERAL WAGE INCREASE
11. The weekly general wage increase shall be $14.00 on July 1, 1997;
$14.00 on July 1, 1998; and $15.00 on July 1, 1999.
MINIMUM WAGE
12. A. The minimum weekly wage for all shall be not less than one hundred
eighty dollars and twenty-five cents ($180.25) for a full basic work week and,
after completion of the temporary or trial period, all employees shall be paid
not less than one hundred eighty-seven dollars and twenty-five cents ($187.25)
for a full basic work week.
B. If, during the term of this Agreement, a new applicable minimum wage
law is enacted and/or becomes effective which increases the present applicable
minimum hourly rate of pay, then the minimum weekly wage, after completion of
the trial period, set forth herein shall automatically be adjusted as required
and the minimum wage, after completion of the trial period hereunder, shall be
at no time less than fifteen (15%) percent per hour above such newly established
applicable minimum wage.
HOLIDAYS
13. A. During the term of this Agreement, all workers covered hereunder
shall be entitled to receive a full day's pay for each of the following legal
holidays, each of which shall be observed, regardless of the day of the week in
which each occurs:
New Year's Day
Washington's Birthday
7
<PAGE> 15
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day
Election Day
Thanksgiving Day
Christmas Day
In addition to the above, all covered workers shall be entitled to receive
one (1) additional guaranteed holiday to be designated by each worker at the
start of each calendar year of this Agreement. In the event a substantial number
of the Employer's workers select a common date, the Employer may adopt such date
as the additional guaranteed holiday and close its business entirely on such
date, which shall be binding upon all employees. A worker employed after January
1st shall not have the right to select such additional holiday to occur within
six (6) months from the start of his employment, however, such worker shall be
entitled to holiday pay in the event of a complete shut down by the Employer as
indicated above in lieu of the selected date.
In addition to the above, all covered workers shall be entitled to receive
two (2) additional personal guaranteed holidays to be designated by each worker
during each calendar year of this Agreement. Three (3) days prior notification
for selection of personal days will be given by the worker if possible.
B. The following four (4) religious holidays, Rosh Hashanah (2 days), Yom
Kippur and Good Friday, shall be guaranteed holidays regardless of the day of
the week in which each occurs. If any such holiday occurs on a Saturday or
Sunday, a substitute day off with pay shall be mutually arranged. If any such
holiday occurs during the work week, Monday through Friday, and the Employer
elects to remain open, all covered workers shall be paid at the regular rate of
pay and in return, therefore, it shall be mutually arranged for such other day
or days, as the case may be, in substitution as paid holidays. Arrangements
shall be made for the substitute days within a reasonable period of time prior
to the date of the guaranteed holiday. The covered worker may elect not to work
for religious reasons on any of the aforesaid religious holidays.
C. If work is performed on a regular work day or a Saturday and a legal
holiday is celebrated on
8
<PAGE> 16
such day, employees shall receive double time for the number of hours worked. If
work is performed on a Monday, which is the day of celebration of a legal
holiday which fell on the preceding Sunday, employees shall receive one (1) full
day's pay plus double time for the number of hours worked.
D. If a legal holiday falls on Saturday, the Employer may substitute the
preceding Friday or the following Monday in lieu of the legal holiday upon
reasonable notice.
The date of observance of any of the foregoing holidays shall conform to
applicable Federal policy regardless of the location of the Employer's offices,
warehouses and/or its facilities.
An employee absent without just cause on the scheduled work day
immediately preceding a holiday or the scheduled work day immediately succeeding
a holiday shall not be entitled to receive holiday pay.
For purposes of computing holiday pay only, if the first work day after a
holiday is in a new work-week, the work-week shall be defined as the period
including the first work day after the holiday(s) and the four (4) previous work
days which include the holiday(s).
At the request of the Union, May 1st shall be designated as a holiday, but
without pay to the covered employees.
It is not intended that employees receive more than one (1) day's holiday
pay for any one (1) holiday provided for in this Agreement.
E. If a legal holiday (or holidays) falls during the period when a worker
is laid off, holiday pay shall be given to the worker upon his recall and return
to work.
F. The Union and/or the Employer may request a reopening but not more than
once each contract year, for the purpose of reviewing and arranging the specific
days on which all of the guaranteed paid holidays shall be observed.
9
<PAGE> 17
Temporary employees shall receive no pay for holidays but, upon becoming
permanent employees with no break in service, they shall be paid retroactively
for any holidays.
Newly hired employees are not permitted to select floating and/or personal
holidays until employed at least six (6) months. If the Employer elects to close
its business for a floating holiday, then all workers will be paid.
VACATIONS
14. A. The vacation period shall be from January 1 to January 31 and April
1 to December 31 of each year and where Employer and employee agree on a
different period, the Union shall not unreasonably withhold its consent.
Vacations with pay will be granted each year, as provided in this paragraph 14,
to covered employees who will have the required length of employment as of Labor
Day of each year, except that for covered employees with five (5) or more years
of seniority, the date for determining eligibility shall be December 31.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Length of Employment Vacation Period With Pay
- -------------------- ------------------------
<S> <C>
1 year and over, but less than 2 years 1 week
2 years and over, but less than 5 years 2 weeks
5 years and over, but less than 10 years 3 weeks
10 years and over 4 weeks
</TABLE>
B. An employee who is on the payroll of the Employer on June 1 and who was
hired between Labor Day and December 31 of the previous year shall be entitled
to receive three (3) working days vacation with pay during the vacation periods
immediately following the beginning of employment.
An employee who is hired between January 1 and June 1 of any contract year
shall, if he is employed on December 1 of the same year, be entitled to receive
three (3) working days of vacation with pay during the first winter vacation
periods of that year.
10
<PAGE> 18
All workers, whenever employed, who are eligible to receive three (3)
days, one (1) week or two (2) weeks regular vacation with pay and who are
employed on December 1 of the same vacation year, shall be entitled to receive
an additional three (3) working days of vacation with pay during the winter
vacation periods of that year.
C. Vacation requests shall be submitted for approval during the normal
vacation scheduling period. No vacations will be approved without a minimum of
two (2) weeks notice and without the Employer being assured of adequate
staffing. The Employer's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
D. Upon consent of an individual worker and his Employer, vacation pay for
the third and/or fourth weeks vacation may be given in lieu of vacation. The
date of the third and/or fourth weeks vacation shall be mutually arranged and
shall be taken between December 1 and January 31. Such arrangements shall be
made within a reasonable time prior to the vacation periods.
E. Whenever a holiday falls within an employee's vacation period and
either occurs on a day in the employee's regularly scheduled work-week or is a
guaranteed legal holiday, the employee shall be granted an extra day of vacation
or an extra day's pay at the option of the Employer.
F. Employees employed for ten (10) years, but less than twenty (20) years
shall receive, in addition to four (4) weeks vacation with pay, the sum of
seventy-five ($75.00) dollars at the time of winter vacation by separate
payment; employees employed for twenty (20) years, but less than twenty-five
(25) years, shall receive the sum of one hundred fifty ($150.00) dollars at the
time of the mid-winter vacation by separate payment and employees employed for
twenty-five (25) years and over shall receive the sum of two hundred fifty
($250.00) dollars at the time of the mid-winter vacation by separate payment.
AUTHORITY TO ACT FOR UNION
15. It is understood and agreed that only the following are authorized to
act as agents of the Union in the administration of this Agreement and in
dealing with and determining any questions which may arise thereunder, or in the
relations between the Employer and the Union:
11
<PAGE> 19
Manager
Representatives (to be designated by name, in writing, to the Employer)
The right is reserved, however, to the Union to substitute a different
agent or agents or add new agents at any time during the life of this Agreement
by serving upon the Employer notice in writing of such change or addition of
agents of the Union.
No one shall be deemed an agent of the Union unless designated as such by
the Union in writing. Neither the shop steward nor any shop committee shall be
deemed or construed to be an agent of the Union unless designated in writing as
such an agent.
NO-STRIKE PROVISION
16. A. The Union agrees that during the term of this Agreement and, with
respect to the Harrison location of the Employers covered by this Agreement,
there shall be no strike of any kind, picketing, hand billing, work stoppage or
slowdown. Should a strike of any kind, picketing, handbilling, work stoppage or
slowdown occur during the life of this Agreement, the Union obligates itself,
within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of notice thereof from the Employer,
solely to endeavor in good faith to bring about the return to their work of the
covered employees who have stopped work. Upon failure of such employees to
return to work within the said twenty-four (24) hours, the Employer may, at its
option, consider that or any of the employees have abandoned their employment.
Should the Employer re-employ any such employees, it shall re-employ all of them
and shall treat all alike and shall not discriminate among them. Compliance by
the Union in good faith with this provision shall be deemed full compliance with
the Union's obligations hereunder. As an alternative to submitting the matter to
arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 18 hereof, the Employer shall also have the
option of terminating this Agreement upon the failure of the Union to comply
with this Paragraph.
B. The foregoing no-strike, no-stoppage obligation shall be wholly
suspended and of no force and effect and the Union may call, authorize or ratify
a strike or a stoppage at any shop, office, warehouse and/or facility of any
Employer during the continuance of any strike or stoppage (not in violation of
12
<PAGE> 20
contract) declared by UNITE or any affiliate thereof at any shop, office,
warehouse and/or facility of any firm which is directly or indirectly affiliated
with or related to the Employer, or for the Employer's failure to submit to
arbitration or to comply with the decisions of the Impartial Chairman within
forty-eight (48) hours, or the Employer's failure to pay wages, overtime and/or
holiday pay to his covered workers.
NO LOCK-OUT PROVISION
17. The Employer agrees that it will not order, authorize or ratify a
lock-out during the life of this Agreement. Should the Employer cause a lock-out
or should there result a lock-out for any other reason, notice thereof shall be
given by the Union to the Employer. Thereupon the Employer obligates itself
within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of such notice, solely to endeavor
in good faith to have the lock-out terminated and to cause the re-employment of
the employees. Upon the failure of the Employer to do so within twenty-four (24)
hours, the Union, upon failure to reach an agreement with the Employer, shall
have the option of terminating this Agreement with the Employer, or of
submitting to arbitration pursuant to paragraph 18 hereof.
ARBITRATION
18. All complaints, disputes or grievances arising directly or indirectly
between the Union and the Employer or any of its subsidiaries, auxiliary and
affiliated firms or its or their successors and assigns, involving questions or
interpretation, application, performance or operation or any clause of this
Agreement or any acts, conduct or relations between them, including, without
limitation, any claims against the Employer arising out of any alleged
dissolution or termination of its business prior to the expiration of this
Agreement or any claim against its successors or assigns arising out of any
alleged merger with or purchase of assets from another Employer prior to the
expiration of this Agreement, shall be submitted in writing by the party hereto
claiming to be aggrieved, to the other party involved, and the Employer and the
Manager of the Union or their deputies shall, in the first instance, jointly
investigate such complaints, grievances, or disputes and attempt an adjustment.
Decisions reached by them or their deputies shall be binding on them. Should
they fail to agree, the question or dispute shall be referred to a permanent
umpire to be known as the Impartial Chairman in the industry and his decision
shall be final
13
<PAGE> 21
and binding upon the Union and the Employer. Arbitrations shall be held within
thirty (30) days. In the event of a default by the Union or the Employer in
appearing before the Impartial Chairman after due written notice shall have been
given to the Employer or Union as hereinafter provided, the Impartial Chairman
is hereby authorized to render a decision upon the testimony of the party
appearing.
Each case shall be considered on its merits and the collective agreement
shall constitute the basis upon which decisions shall be rendered. No decision
shall be used as a precedent for any subsequent case.
All decisions reached by the Employer and the Manager of the Union or
their deputies, or rendered by the Impartial Chairman shall be complied with
within forty-eight (48) hours. Should the Employer fail to comply with the
decision of the Impartial Chairman within forty-eight (48) hours, the Employer
shall automatically lose all rights and privileges under this Agreement and the
Union shall be free to take any action it may deem appropriate to enforce the
rights of the workers against the Employer, including the right to strike
against the Employer.
It is hereby expressly agreed between the parties hereto that the oath of
the arbitrator, required by Section 7506(a) of the Civil Practice Law and Rules
is hereby expressly waived.
The Union and the Employer designate J.J. Pierson, Esquire to act as
Impartial Chairman and Arbitrator in connection with any aforesaid complaint or
aforesaid dispute or aforesaid grievance arising during the term of this
Agreement and agree that all hearings had before him or before his successors
shall be held in the City of New York.
In the event J.J. Pierson, Esquire is unable or unwilling to serve or
cannot schedule a hearing within thirty (30) days after the filing of a
grievance, the Union and the Employer designate first Robert Herzog and the
second the State Mediation Board to act as Alternate Impartial Chairmen and
Arbitrators.
The Employer agrees to pay its share of the cost of each arbitration.
14
<PAGE> 22
Should an Impartial Chairman resign, refuse to act or be incapable of
acting, or should the office become vacant for any reason the Union and the
Employer shall immediately and within five (5) days after the occupancy of such
vacancy, designate another person to act as such Impartial Chairman. If they
fail to agree, the Mayor of the City of New York shall, on application of either
the Union or the Employer, summarily make such appointment.
The Impartial Chairman may, as part of his decision, issue any and all
mandatory directions, prohibitions or orders directed to or against the Union or
the Employer breaching this Agreement or any part thereof.
It is the intention and agreement of the Union and the Employer that the
procedure established in this Agreement for the adjustment of disputes shall be
the exclusive means for the determination of all disputes, complaints or
grievances specified herein expressly including all strikes, stoppages, lockouts
and any and all claims, demands or acts arising therefrom. Neither the Union nor
the Employer shall institute any proceedings in a court of law or equity other
than to compel arbitration or to enforce the decision and award of the Impartial
Chairman or to compel the production of books and records of the Employer for
examination by the Impartial Chairman or his accountants. This provision shall
be a complete and bona fide defense to any action or proceeding instituted
contrary to the terms hereof.
The Employer or the Union, as the case may be, who violates or causes to
be violated any provision of this Agreement shall, whenever this Agreement does
not provide for the payment of specified damages, nevertheless pay damages for
such violation. The amount of such damages shall be agreed upon by the Union and
the Employer and, in the event of their inability to agree, it shall be
determined by the Impartial Chairman.
Since it is difficult to ascertain the specific amount of damages payable,
the amount of such damages shall, for all purposes, be deemed liquidated
damages. Whenever the Employer is required to pay such damages, they shall be
paid to the Union for and on behalf of itself and to compensate employees who
may be entitled to compensation.
15
<PAGE> 23
The provisions contained herein do not empower the Impartial Chairman to
act with respect to any renegotiation extension or renewal of this Agreement at
the end thereof. The costs of arbitration shall be shared equally by both
parties.
The Union and the Employer further agree that the notice of hearing before
the Impartial Chairman and the service of all papers used in any application to
the court in any proceedings to confirm the award of the Impartial Chairman may
be made by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, at the last known address
of residence of the owner or officer of or place of business of the respondent
in such proceeding, within or without the State of New York, as the case may be,
including service of the papers conferring jurisdiction of the Union and the
Employer upon the court and the Union and the Employer expressly agree that such
award shall be enforceable by appropriate proceedings in any court of competent
jurisdiction.
If any issue should arise as to the validity of any provision of this
Agreement or the arbitrability of this Agreement substantive or procedural, the
Impartial Chairman shall have exclusive jurisdiction to determine such issue.
CHECK OFF OF DUES
19. The Employer, where legally so authorized by an individual employee in
writing, agrees to deduct the membership dues and initiation fees weekly from
the wages or salary of such employee and remit same to the Union not less than
once a month by the 15th day of the same month. Deductions made after the 15th
day of the month shall be remitted with the payments of the following month.
Sums so deducted by the Employer shall be kept separate and apart from the
general funds of the Employer and shall be held in trust by the Employer for the
benefit of the Union.
BENEFIT FUNDS
20. The term "benefit funds" is the collective designation of the Health &
Welfare Fund of Local 99, UNITE (hereafter referred to as the "Health & Welfare
Fund"), UNITE National Retirement Fund (hereafter referred to as the "Retirement
Fund"), and UNITE Health Services Plan (hereafter referred to as "Health
Services Plan").
16
<PAGE> 24
The Employer shall pay monthly to the Union for and on behalf of the
benefit funds and during the periods indicated the percentages set forth below
of his total gross weekly payroll (before deductions of federal, state and city
taxes) of all his employees, covered by this Agreement whether regular or trial
workers.
For new employees hired on and after July 1, 1994 and temporary employees
who become permanent employees, contributions to the Funds shall commence upon
the conclusion of the 31st day of employment.
Such payments shall be allocated and paid as follows:
A. Effective July 1, 1997, a sum equal to fourteen and one-half (14.50%)
percent towards the Health & Welfare Fund. Effective July 1, 1998, a sum equal
to fourteen and three-quarters (14.75%) percent towards the Health & Welfare
Fund. Effective July 1, 1999, a sum equal to fifteen and one-quarter (15.25%)
percent towards the Health & Welfare Fund, a trust fund established by a
collective agreement prior to January 1, 1946 and maintained and administered by
a Union Board of Trustees, in trust for the purpose of providing workers with
health, welfare, recreational benefits and other services relating specifically
to their health and welfare as set forth in the by-laws of such fund. Upon the
demise of an employee, the Health & Welfare Fund provides for the payment of
death benefits for next of kin. In addition, the sum equal to four-tenths of one
percent (.4%) shall be paid to the Health & Welfare Fund for the purpose of
paying the Employer's share of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act
contribution on disability benefits paid by the Health & Welfare Fund.
In the event National Health Reform legislation passes, or amendments
thereto, during the term of this Agreement and becomes applicable to the
Employer, the Union agrees that to the extent reasonably indicated, downward
adjustments in the amount of contributions to the Health & Welfare Fund will be
made as a result of reduced exposure of the Health & Welfare Fund. In the event
that during the term of this Agreement, the Union is advised by the Local 99
Health & Welfare Fund that additional contributions are required to maintain the
existing level of benefits, the Union may reopen this Agreement by notice to the
Employer to obtain additional contributions to the Health & Welfare Fund to the
extent reasonably indicated. Any dispute involving application of this section
shall be determined under the grievance-
17
<PAGE> 25
arbitration provisions set forth in this Agreement, however, no increase in the
Employer's Health & Welfare contribution shall be effective prior to January 1,
1996.
B. Effective July 1, 1994, a sum equal to nine (9%) percent towards the
Retirement Fund, a trust fund established by collective agreement for the
purpose of providing pensions or annuities on retirement or death of workers.
C. Effective July 1, 1997, a sum equal to three and one-half (3.5%)
percent towards the Health Services Plan a trust fund established by a
collective bargaining agreement for the purpose of providing drug,
pharmaceutical and medication benefits to workers and their families.
D. Each of the aforesaid payments under A, B and C above shall be remitted
on or before the 15th day of the following month. None of the payments made
hereunder shall constitute or be deemed wages due to workers. All contributions
required to be made under A, B and C above shall be allocated by the Employer
each week and kept separate and apart from its general funds and held in trust
for the benefit of the particular fund.
E. The Union agrees that all contributions received for the Health &
Welfare Fund shall continue to be held in trust for the sole benefit of such
covered employees, deposited and held in an account separately maintained under
the name of the Health & Welfare Fund and that the monies in such account shall
be used only for the specific purpose of such Fund in accordance with its
Constitution by-laws and rules and regulations and for the administrative
expenses thereof, and shall not be used for any other purpose.
The Employer shall not have any legal or equitable right, title, claim or
interest in or to said Fund or the administration thereof. No individual worker
shall have any legal or equitable right, title or interest in or claim against
his or any other Employer's payments toward the Fund or against the Fund except
as may be provided in the by-laws or rules and regulations of said Fund.
F. The said Retirement Fund and the Health Services Plan shall each be
administered in accordance with its by-laws and rules and regulations by a Board
of Trustees. Each Board of Trustees
18
<PAGE> 26
shall be composed of Union representatives and an equal number of
representatives of the Employer. In the event that the Board of Trustees shall
be deadlocked on any issue or matter arising in connection with its Fund, the
same shall be decided by a neutral person as set forth in the by-laws and rules
and regulations of said Fund and his decision shall be final and binding. The
parties hereto hereby ratify, confirm and approve the composition and membership
of each Board of Trustees as now or hereafter constituted.
Each Board of Trustees shall adopt and promulgate such by-laws and rules
and regulations to effectuate the purpose of its Fund as it may deem necessary
and desirable, including the detailed basis upon which payments from each Fund
will be made and shall have the power to modify the same from time to time. The
parties hereto agree to be bound thereby and they are hereby incorporated in and
made part of this Agreement.
An annual audit of each such Fund shall be made by accountants designated
by each Board of Trustees. A statement of the results of such audit shall be
made available for inspection by interested persons at the principal office of
the Fund and at such other places as may be designated by each Board of
Trustees.
The Employer shall not have any legal or equitable right, title, claim or
interest in or to each said Fund. No individual worker shall have any legal or
equitable right, title or interest in or claim against his or any other
Employer's payments toward said Funds or against said Funds, except as may be
provided by the by-laws or rules and regulations of said Funds.
None of the monies paid into the Retirement Fund and the Health Services
Plan shall be used for any purpose other than set forth herein above and to pay
the operating and administrative expenses of each Fund respectively. The monies
of each Fund shall be kept separate and apart from all other monies.
G. The aforementioned enumerated powers and duties of the Board of
Trustees of said Retirement Fund and Health Services Plan shall not be
considered in any way whatsoever as a limitation on the powers and duties of the
Board of Trustees of each Fund to do any and all other things which may
19
<PAGE> 27
be necessary or incidental to the proper operation, administration and
maintenance of the said Funds and to fully effectuate their purposes.
H. The Union or the Board of Trustees of any such Fund shall be proper
parties in interest to enforce collection of payments due from the Employer
toward any said Fund. In the event any amount due from the Employer under this
paragraph remains unpaid for thirty (30) days after becoming due, such amount
shall automatically bear interest thereafter at the rate of nine (9%) percent
per annum and the Employer shall pay the same. The Impartial Chairman may, in
connection with any action or proceeding to confirm the award made pursuant to
this paragraph 20(H), also have the right to direct the Employer to pay to the
Union reasonable attorney's fees and expenses in amounts fixed by him and the
reasonable costs of investigations to determine the amount due.
I. It is agreed that all of the aforesaid payments required to be made
under this paragraph have no relation to eligibility of workers to benefits from
the benefit funds; eligibility for benefits shall be determined solely under the
rules and regulations of each of the aforesaid Funds which include the detailed
basis upon which benefits to eligible workers shall be paid.
J. The provisions herein relating to the Funds constitute a consideration
of this Agreement and are of the essence of this Agreement. Failure by the
Employer to pay the amount due from it hereunder to the Funds shall be deemed a
breach of this Agreement by the Employer.
K. The Board of Trustees or other body administering said benefit funds,
including the Union's Health and Welfare Fund, is hereby authorized, in its sole
discretion upon such basis as it deems desirable and, to the extent permitted by
law, to transfer or mingle the assets of or to merge any of said Benefit Funds
with any other benefit fund or funds now existing or hereafter established and
provided for in a collective bargaining agreement with UNITE or an affiliate
thereof. In the event of such transfer, mingling or merger, the amounts herein
above provided to be allocated towards said Funds shall be paid over to the Fund
or Funds with which there has been such transfer, mingling or merger.
SEVERANCE FUND - TERMINATION OR DISMISSAL OF BENEFITS
20
<PAGE> 28
21. The parties hereto recognize the necessity of protecting workers who,
for many years, have contributed their loyal service and who, through no fault
of their own, find themselves dismissed from their employment by the closing
down or reorganization of their Employer's business. It is recognized that this
problem is one of special interest and concern to the parties and that
industrial tranquility and stability will be aided and preserved by the
establishment of an individual Severance Fund. With the express intent and
agreement of the parties and, subject to applicable and existing law, effective
July 1, 1982, the parties agreed to establish and create a Severance Fund, the
signatories to such Fund to consist of the Union and the Employer.
The exclusive purpose of each such individual Fund is to pay to each
covered worker employed by the Employer who has been dismissed or terminated
from his employment and otherwise meets the eligibility requirements set forth
in the rules and regulations of each such Fund a lump sum computed by
multiplying one (1) weeks pay (based upon five (5) years average weekly wage) by
the number of years of service of each employee. Such payments are designated as
termination or severance or dismissal payments, the right to which shall have
been earned by covered employees during their prior service. The rules and
regulations of such individual Fund shall comply in all respects with applicable
law and shall set forth, among other things, eligibility requirements and all
other conditions to be met prior to the payment of benefits.
A. The Employer shall deposit monthly into a custodian bank account of the
jointly administered Severance Fund, a sum not to exceed one-half (1/2%) percent
of its gross weekly payroll (before deduction for federal, state and city taxes)
of the covered workers, to enable the Fund in due course to pay covered
employees the aforesaid severance or dismissal benefits. The aforesaid payments
shall be remitted on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the following month.
As of July 1, 1994, contributions shall be at the rate of one-half (1/2%)
percent of its gross weekly payroll. Severance Fund contributions shall remain
at the rate of one-half (1/2%) percent for the duration of this Agreement.
21
<PAGE> 29
B. At the time of the initial deposit and at the end of each calendar year
thereafter, the Employer shall submit a written statement to the Union setting
forth the names and addresses of each covered worker or workers on whose behalf
such payment may be made, their Social Security numbers, job classifications,
weekly wages, dates of hire and number of years of employed, including the
amount of deposit. In addition to the foregoing, the Employer shall submit a
written statement not less than every three (3) months setting forth information
comparable to that presently supplied to the benefit funds referred to in
paragraph 20. The Union shall have the right to examine the Employer's books and
records in order to ascertain whether the provisions hereof are being fully
complied with and whether said amounts have been fully paid in the same manner
as is provided in this Agreement for the examination of each Employer's books
and records for any other purpose.
C. The Fund shall be administered in accordance with its by-laws and rules
and regulations to be promulgated by Trustees which shall be composed of one
Employer and one Union representative and alternate representatives, one
designated by the Employer and the Union respectively. The Employer
representative and alternate shall be designated by the Employer. In the event
that the Trustees shall be deadlocked on any issue or matter arising in
connection with the Fund, the same shall be decided by a neutral person namely,
the Impartial Chairman acting under the arbitral provisions of this Agreement
and his decision shall be final and binding. The Employer hereby ratifies,
confirms and approves the composition of the membership of the Trustees of the
Fund respectively as now or hereafter constituted. All Trustees shall serve
without compensation.
D. Each Trust Fund is hereby declared to be an irrevocable trust and the
Trustees of each Fund agree to receive, hold and administer the Trust Fund for
the exclusive purpose of providing benefits in accordance with the rules and
regulations adopted by the Trustees. Interest and dividends accumulated may be
used for reasonable, necessary and proper expenses under existing law in the
operation and management of the Fund.
E. The Trustees of the Fund are hereby authorized to adopt and promulgate
by-laws and rules and regulations (subject to existing and applicable law) to
effectuate the purposes of the Fund as they may deem necessary or desirable,
including the detailed basis upon which payments from the Fund will be
22
<PAGE> 30
made and shall have the power to modify same from time to time to carry out more
effectively the purposes of such Fund. All by-laws, rules and regulations and
amendments thereto, adopted and promulgated by the Trustees of the Fund, shall
be deemed incorporated herein and a part hereof with the same force and effect
as if set forth in full herein.
F. The Trustees of the Fund shall have the power and authority, in their
sole discretion, to determine the type and kind of investments of such trust
fund and/or direct a bank custodian to so invest the same. The Trustees of the
Fund shall be the financial advisors of the Fund.
G. No worker shall make or be required to make any payment whatsoever to
any Fund. The Employer agrees that its obligation to make payments toward its
Fund shall not be subject to set-off or counterclaim which the Employer may have
for any liability of the Union or of any employee.
H. The Employer shall not have any right, title, interest or claim, legal
or equitable, in or to any sum paid by it to its Fund or against the Fund
itself, except as provided for in the rules and regulations. No employee shall
have any right, title or interest or claim, legal or equitable, in or to the
Employer's payments to its Fund, except as provided for in the rules and
regulations.
I. The custodian bank in which the trust fund shall be deposited shall
issue quarterly statements of income and assets to the Trustees indicating,
among other things, the amount then on deposit, what part thereof, if any,
represents accumulated interest together with any securities held and the
transactions for the period. The statements shall be made available for
inspection by interested persons at the principal office of the Fund.
J. The Trustees of the Fund shall be responsible for filing and reporting
disclosure documents with the proper governmental agencies whenever required to
do so.
K. The aforementioned enumerated powers and duties of the Trustees of the
Fund shall not be considered in any way whatsoever as a limitation of the powers
and duties of the Trustees to do any and all other things which may be necessary
or incidental to the proper operation, administration and maintenance of the
said Fund and to fully effectuate its purposes under applicable law.
23
<PAGE> 31
L. The provisions herein relating to the Fund constitute a consideration
for this Agreement and are the essence of this Agreement. Failure by the
Employer to pay the amounts due from it to its Fund shall be deemed a breach of
this Agreement by the Employer. The Union shall be a proper party in interest to
enforce payment thereof under this Agreement.
M. It is intended that the foregoing Severance Fund and plans shall not
constitute Employee Pension Benefit Plans as defined under the Pension Reform
Act of 1974 and the by-laws, rules and regulations thereof with respect to the
Fund shall be promulgated accordingly.
DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYEES
22. No employee covered by this Agreement shall be discharged, except for
just cause, which includes but is not limited to incompetency, insubordination,
ineligibility for bonding by any reputable bonding company, or continual
lateness or continual absence. The Employer shall notify the Union in writing
within forty-eight (48) hours of all cases of discharge of covered employees.
Individuals suffering from drug or alcohol abuse must seek treatment or
their employment may be suspended.
Should a dispute or difference arise as to whether or not the discharge
was for just cause, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration as provided
herein. If the Impartial Chairman finds that the employee was discharged without
just cause, he may order reinstatement and may require the payment of back pay
in such amounts as, in his judgment, the circumstances warrant.
SHOP STEWARD AND COMMITTEE
23. The Union shall have the right to certify to the Employer one (1)
employee to be designated as shop steward and such other employees to be
designated as members of the shop committee on the basis of one (1) for every
twenty-five (25) employees, but not in excess of a total of ten (10) excluding
the shop steward. They shall assist the Union in carrying out the intent and
purpose of this Agreement. The employee designated as shop steward shall have
more seniority than all other employees for purposes of
24
<PAGE> 32
lay-off and recall, so as to allow the shop steward to handle grievances and
contract administration.
RIGHT OF VISITATION
24. Representatives of the Union shall be permitted free access to the
establishments where its members are employed, for the purpose of observing if
the conditions of this Agreement are maintained and for any other reasonable
purpose arising out of the operation of this Agreement provided there is no
interference with the business of the Employer.
STRIKES OF UNITE AFFILIATES
25. As far as is consistent with law, it shall not be considered a breach
of this Agreement on the part of the Union or on the part of any individual
employee, if any employee or employees refuse to enter upon the premises of any
Employer against whom the Union of an affiliate of UNITE is conducting a bona
fide strike, either of their own volition or by direction of the Union, nor
shall such refusal be cause for discharge or disciplinary action. The word
"premises" is herein defined as limited to the area actually and immediately
occupied by said Employer and does not include any area or part of a building
not physically occupied by said Employer.
EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
26. The Union shall have the right, at all reasonable times and upon
reasonable notice to the Employer, to investigate only such books and records of
the Employer as are necessary in order to ascertain whether the provisions of
this Agreement are being fully complied with. The Employer shall have the right
to have its representative accompany the Union representative upon such
investigation. The Impartial Chairman shall have the right to institute any such
investigation.
PENALTY UPON FAILURE TO PAY DUES AND CONTRIBUTIONS
27. A. Workers shall be paid for the time lost during which a shop may be
stopped due to the failure of the Employer to remit dues, assessments and
initiation fees and/or make contributions to the Funds and/or the Employer's
failure to pay wages, overtime, vacation and/or holiday pay, all as required
25
<PAGE> 33
herein, only after five (5) days have elapsed after the Employer has received
written notice of failure to make such remittances and/or payments and same have
not been paid; such a stoppage for any of the aforementioned reasons is hereby
expressly authorized as an exception to paragraphs 16 and 18 of this Agreement.
B. In the event the Employer fails to make payments to the Health &
Welfare Fund when due, the Employer shall, after fifteen (15) days notice of
delinquency to it by certified mail, be liable to each of its covered workers
for any benefits to which such covered workers may become eligible by reason of
illness, hospitalization, surgery or otherwise, after said notice. Such
liability shall be in addition to other obligations of the Employer under this
Agreement.
MANAGEMENT RIGHTS
28. Subject only to the provisions of this Agreement and applicable law,
management of the Employer's operations and direction of its working force,
including but not limited to the right to schedule and assign work to be
performed; hire or rehire employees; promote; layoff or recall employees who are
laid off; suspend; discipline or discharge for proper cause; and transfer
employees because of lack of work or other legitimate reasons, shall be vested
exclusively with the Employer.
UNION RECOGNITION IN ADDITIONAL FACILITIES
29. Should the Employer (or its subsidiary or affiliate) open an
additional warehouse, office or similar distribution or office facilities beyond
one hundred (100) miles from its present location in Harrison, New Jersey,
notwithstanding the various provisions set forth in the parties' present
collective bargaining agreement, that agreement shall not cover the workers
hired at the new facility and shall not govern the terms and conditions of
employment of those workers at the new facility until such time as the Union
demonstrates that it has been designated by a majority of the employees at such
new facility. The determination as to whether the Union has been so designated
shall be subject to the arbitration provisions set forth in this Agreement.
Lechters agrees that the opening of any such new facility will not reduce the
number of workers employed in the warehouse at the Harrison facility as of
January 1, 1992.
26
<PAGE> 34
Until such time as the parties mutually agree upon changes in terms and
conditions of employment, the terms of this Agreement shall apply.
REMOVAL OF FACILITIES
30. During the term of this Agreement, the Employer shall not move its
warehouse, office or similar distribution or office facilities from its present
location without the Union's consent. In the event the Employer expands or opens
any additional or new warehouse or office facilities during the term of this
Agreement, it shall not move therefrom without the Union's consent. It is
understood, however, that consent shall not be withheld if such contemplated
removal is to a location within one hundred (100) miles from the present
location in Harrison, New Jersey and then only if the Employer and the Union
have mutually agreed upon adjustments, if any, in terms and conditions of
employment. In the event the parties are unable to mutually agree upon said
adjustments, if any, the matters in disagreement shall be referred to the
Impartial Chairman for final determination. The Union's consent shall not be
required in the event all or substantially all of the Employer's present
facilities are damaged or destroyed and the Employer relocates said facilities
within twenty (20) miles of the present facilities.
CONTRACTING OUT
31. A. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
contracting out by the Employer to any other warehouse or similar distribution
facilities of any of the operations in the processing of merchandise and/or
office work is prohibited, except when all of the Employer's regular workers are
working full-time and there is no reduction in number of the Employer's regular
workers working full time as a result of contracting out.
B. There is no intent by the Employer to use contracting out to reduce the
work force.
C. In the event the Union believes the Employer has unreasonably exercised
its right to contract out, then the Union may apply to the Arbitrator for order
requiring the Employer to cease and desist contracting out, modify the manner or
extent to which the Employer has contracted out, or otherwise take
27
<PAGE> 35
such action as the Arbitrator deems appropriate.
REORGANIZATION
32. The Employer shall have the right in good faith to reorganize its
warehouse and/or office facilities. A reorganization in good faith shall mean a
bona fide reorganization of the Employer's business, necessitated by a permanent
curtailment of his business or a fundamental change in the character of his
business.
SURVIVAL OF LIABILITY
33. A. The Employer and its subsidiaries or affiliates at the time of the
execution of this Agreement and its transferees, successors and assigns and the
persons, firms and corporations becoming members thereof subsequent to the date
of the execution of this Agreement and their transferees, successors and
assigns, shall be and continue to remain liable hereunder for their own
obligations respectively, for and during the term hereof. The Impartial Chairman
shall have the power to determine whether any person, firm or corporation is a
transferee, successor or assign of the Employer.
B. Subsidiaries or affiliated firms or corporations of the Employer shall,
for the purpose of this Agreement, be deemed bound by all of the terms of this
Agreement to the extent that they are Employers of workers covered hereunder.
The Impartial Chairman shall have the power to determine whether an alleged
subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer is, in fact, such subsidiary or
affiliate.
CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF SALE OR TRANSFER
34. The Employer agrees that:
A. It will not nor will it permit its subsidiaries and/or affiliates to
enter into any partnership, or consolidate or merge with, or be absorbed by any
person, firm or concern or sell or transfer its or their business, in whole or
in part, to any other person, firm or concern unless the new or purchasing firm
28
<PAGE> 36
agrees to be bound under this Agreement for the duration hereof and assumes all
of the obligations, accrued and otherwise, to the workers, the Union and the
Benefit Funds hereunder and recognize the Union as the sole and exclusive
bargaining agent and representative of the employees covered by this Agreement;
B. It will, on its own behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries and
affiliates, give to the Union at least thirty (30) days written notice prior to
a final closing of any transaction or disposition enumerated above; and
C. It and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be liable to the Union
and to the workers for damages, liquidated and otherwise, to be fixed by the
Impartial Chairman, for any action, transaction or disposition in violation
hereof; and
D. In the event of any transaction or disposition enumerated above, it
and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates will, nevertheless, continue to remain
individually, collectively and personally liable under all of the provisions of
this Agreement for the duration hereof unless specifically released therefrom by
the Union. In addition, the new firm, person or concern shall be liable and
responsible to the workers, the Union and the Benefit Funds under the provisions
hereof by operation of applicable and decisional law.
INVALIDITY OF PART OF AGREEMENT
35. A. If any provision of this Agreement or the enforcement or
performance of such provision is or shall, at any time, be determined to be
contrary to law by or enjoined by a court or administrative agency, then such
provision shall not be applicable or enforced or performed, except to the extent
permitted by law. The Union and the Employer shall thereupon negotiate a
substitute provision. If they are unable to agree, the Impartial Chairman shall
determine such substitute provision which shall be deemed incorporated into this
Agreement.
29
<PAGE> 37
B. If any provision of this Agreement or its application to the Employer,
person or circumstance is so held invalid or enjoined, the remainder of this
Agreement or the application of such provision to other Employers, persons or
circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.
C. The interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed
by federal law and by the laws of the State of New York not inconsistent
therewith.
NO DISCRIMINATION
36. There shall be no discrimination in hiring, promotions or in terms and
conditions of employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex or
age.
EXISTING BENEFITS
37. Existing benefits shall not be reduced during the term of this
Agreement.
JURY DUTY
38. If, after one year of employment, a covered worker shall be required
to serve as a juror (not as a volunteer and if not excused), he shall be
entitled to receive the difference between the sums received by him for such
jury service and his regular daily pay but such entitlement period shall not
exceed three (3) weeks (15 working days) in any one year.
A worker who receives notice of jury duty shall immediately notify his
Employer.
TIME OFF FOR UNION MEETINGS
39. The Employer agrees to grant to his covered workers up to three (3)
hours time off, without loss of pay, not more than three (3) times during each
year of this Agreement, to attend meetings called and sanctioned by the Union.
30
<PAGE> 38
UNUSUAL WEATHER CONDITIONS
40. When excessive heat or cold result in working conditions which may
adversely affect a worker's health or create an unnecessary burden in the
performance of the work, the Employer will promptly correct and alleviate such
situations.
FIRE DRILLS
41. The Employer will use its best efforts to hold two (2) shop fire
drills in each year of this Agreement in which workers are to leave the building
or move into safety areas or fire towers, determined by the Employer. Workers
hired in the period between drills shall be instructed by the Employer as to the
location of means of egress from the shop. The Union may request two (2) such
additional fire drills in any one year of this Agreement.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
42. The parties agree to establish a committee on health, safety and
sanitation to improve conditions.
NO MODIFICATION OR WAIVER
43. A. No Employer and no worker or group of workers shall have the right
to modify or waive any provision of this Agreement.
B. The failure of either party to this Agreement to require strict
performance of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or
abandonment of any of the rights or remedies provided herein for violation of
the Agreement or any provision thereof; nor shall it constitute a waiver or
abandonment of any right or remedy herein provided for a subsequent violation of
any provision of the Agreement.
31
<PAGE> 39
DURATION OF AGREEMENT
44. This Agreement shall enter into force and effect on July 1, 1997 and
shall remain operative and binding upon the parties hereto until and including
June 30, 2000.
401(k) SAVINGS PLAN
45. Workers covered by this Agreement shall be eligible to participate in
the Employer's 401(k) Savings Plan ("Plan") effective on or about February 1,
1998, provided that no less than forty (40%) percent of the workers enroll in
the Plan. The Employer shall contribute at the same rate as it does for
non-Union employees. The Employer shall have the right to amend or discontinue
the Plan at any time. Participation in the Plan shall be in accordance with all
Plan documents and provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals
the day and year first above written.
OFFICE AND DISTRIBUTION EMPLOYEES' UNION,
LOCAL 99, UNITE, AFFILIATED WITH AFL-CIO
By:
-------------------------------------
Christine Kerber
Manager
LECHTERS, INC. (OFFICE)
By:
-------------------------------------
Ira S. Rosenberg
Vice-President
Witness:
RICHARD M. GREENSPAN
Counsel to Union
[L\CBA\99Lechters.Ofc]
32
<PAGE> 1
LECHTERS - OFFICE
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, the parties have met to modify the contract with an intent to
provide better benefits to the office personnel employed by Lechters, it is
hereby agreed, by and between Local 99 UNITE and Lechters, Inc., to modify the
existing collective bargaining agreement ("Agreement"), whose term is July 1,
1997 to June 30, 2000.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed:
1. Paragraph 21, "Severance Fund - Termination or Dismissal of Benefits"
shall be modified as follows:
a. Effective January 1, 1998, subsection "a" shall be modified in
that the contribution rate shall be changed from 1/2% to 0%.
b. The following paragraph shall be inserted as subsection "g" and
the paragraphs following shall be re-lettered to effect this change.
g. The amount of benefits due from the Fund shall equal the average
base weekly salary of each covered employee as of December 31st of
the year prior to termination, multiplied by every full year of
employment as of December 31 of the year prior to termination (with
six (6) months or more in an employment in the prior year rounded to
the next higher year and less than six (6) months of employment in
the prior year rounded to the last full year.) Such payment,
however, is not to exceed the relative proportion of Trust assets as
reported as of December 31st of the last calendar year that covered
employees entitled to receive such benefits as a result of
termination compares to the total number of covered employees
liabilities for all workers under the Plan who would be entitled to
receive benefits in the event of a total shutdown.
For the purpose of determining the aforesaid "average base weekly
salary" for computation of benefits herein, the average base salary
wage of the covered employee shall be determined by multiplying the
employee's regular hourly base wage effective as of the December
31st preceding the date of termination, multiplied by the number of
regular weekly work hours in a week under the
<PAGE> 2
collective bargaining agreement for full-time employees (i.e., 35
hours/week) and for employees who are not full-time employees, the
number of hours in a regular work week shall be the average number
of hours that the employee worked each week during the twenty-six
(26) weeks immediately preceding the date of termination.
2. Effective January 1, 1998, paragraph 20 "Benefit Funds," subsection "c"
shall be modified to increase by 1/2% the contribution required to be made gross
weekly payroll to the Health and Welfare Fund for benefits provided to
participants.
3. Eliminate all unessential administrative costs except for essential
expenses such as audit expenses, tax report filings (Form 5500) and related
expenses. [Fund to pay all administrative expenses.]
4. Increase efforts in achieving investment return on fund assets.
5. In all other respects the Agreement is confirmed.
AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
LECHTERS, INC.
By:_________________________________ ______________________________
Dated
AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
LOCAL 99, UNITE
By:_________________________________ ______________________________
Dated
2
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Number
33-48560 on Form S-8 and in Registration Statement Number 33-46993 on Form S-8
of our report dated March 18, 1998, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Lechters, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended January 31, 1998.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
March 18, 1998
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> FEB-02-1997
<PERIOD-END> JAN-31-1998
<CASH> 16,395
<SECURITIES> 74,747
<RECEIVABLES> 5,084
<ALLOWANCES> 0
<INVENTORY> 99,034
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 197,405
<PP&E> 153,397
<DEPRECIATION> 79,891
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 277,434
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 33,407
<BONDS> 60,001
0
20,000
<COMMON> 58
<OTHER-SE> 145,792
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 277,434
<SALES> 445,310
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 445,310
<CGS> 325,269
<TOTAL-COSTS> 325,269
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 124,287
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 4,625
<INCOME-PRETAX> (6,198)
<INCOME-TAX> (2,440)
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 0
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> (3,758)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (0.28)
<EPS-DILUTED> (0.28)
</TABLE>
